VirtualBox

source: vbox/trunk/src/VBox/Main/idl/VirtualBox.xidl@ 6076

Last change on this file since 6076 was 6076, checked in by vboxsync, 17 years ago

Merged dmik/s2 branch (r25959:26751) to the trunk.

  • Property svn:eol-style set to native
  • Property svn:keywords set to Author Date Id Revision
File size: 329.8 KB
Line 
1<?xml version="1.0" ?>
2
3<!--
4 * :tabSize=2:indentSize=2:noTabs=true:
5 * :folding=explicit:collapseFolds=1:
6 *
7 * Master declaration for VirtualBox's Main API, represented
8 * by COM/XPCOM and web service interfaces.
9 *
10 * From this document, the build system generates several files
11 * via XSLT that are then used during the build process.
12 *
13 * Below is the list of XSL templates that operate on this file and
14 * output files they generate. These XSL templates must be updated
15 * whenever the schema of this file changes:
16 *
17 * 1. src/VBox/Main/idl/midl.xsl =>
18 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox.idl
19 * (MS COM interface definition file for Main API)
20 *
21 * 2. src/VBox/Main/idl/xpidl.xsl =>
22 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox_XPCOM.idl
23 * (XPCOM interface definition file for Main API)
24 *
25 * 3. src/VBox/Main/idl/doxygen.xsl =>
26 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Main/VirtualBox.idl
27 * (pseudo-IDL for Doxygen to generate the official Main API
28 * documentation)
29 *
30 * 4. src/VBox/Main/webservice/*.xsl =>
31 * a bunch of WSDL and C++ files
32 * (VirtualBox web service sources and SOAP mappers;
33 * see src/VBox/Main/webservice/Makefile.kmk for details)
34 *
35 * 5. src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.xsl =>
36 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.h
37 * (smart Qt-based C++ wrapper classes for COM interfaces
38 * of the Main API)
39 *
40 * 6. src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.xsl =>
41 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.wxi
42 * (Main API TypeLib block for the WiX installer)
43 *
44 Copyright (C) 2006-2007 innotek GmbH
45
46 This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
47 available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
48 you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
49 General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
50 Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
51 VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
52 hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
53-->
54
55<idl>
56
57<if target="midl">
58 <cpp line="enum {"/>
59 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMajorVersion = 1,"/>
60 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMinorVersion = 0"/>
61 <cpp line="};"/>
62</if>
63
64<if target="xpidl">
65 <!-- NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTSxx_CI macros are placed here, for convenience -->
66 <cpp>
67// currenty, nsISupportsImpl.h lacks the below-like macros
68#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI
69#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI(_class, _interface) \
70 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
71 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
72 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1_CI(_class, _interface) \
73 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER1(_class, _interface)
74#endif
75#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI
76#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
77 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
78 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
79 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
80 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER2(_class, _i1, _i2)
81#endif
82 </cpp>
83</if>
84
85<library
86 name="VirtualBox"
87 uuid="46137EEC-703B-4fe5-AFD4-7C9BBBBA0259"
88 version="1.3"
89 desc="innotek VirtualBox Type Library"
90 appUuid="819B4D85-9CEE-493C-B6FC-64FFE759B3C9"
91 supportsErrorInfo="yes"
92>
93
94 <!--
95 // all common enums
96 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
97 -->
98
99 <enum
100 name="TriStateBool"
101 uuid="523ff64d-842a-4b1a-80e7-c311b028cb3a"
102 >
103 <desc>
104 This represents a boolean variable having a third state, default.
105 </desc>
106
107 <const name="False" value="0"/>
108 <const name="True" value="1"/>
109 <const name="Default" value="2"/>
110 </enum>
111
112 <enum
113 name="MachineState"
114 uuid="73bf04d0-7c4f-4684-9abf-d65a9ad74343"
115 >
116 <desc>
117 Virtual machine execution state. This enumeration represents possible
118 values of the <link to="IMachine::state"/> attribute.
119 </desc>
120
121 <const name="InvalidMachineState" value="0">
122 <desc>
123 Invalid machine state. This state is never used by the virtual machine
124 and may be used as a <tt>null</tt> value for state
125 variables.
126 </desc>
127 </const>
128 <const name="PoweredOff" value="1">
129 <desc>
130 The machine is not running.
131 </desc>
132 </const>
133 <const name="Saved" value="2">
134 <desc>
135 The machine is not currently running, but the execution state
136 of the machine has been saved to an external file when it
137 was running.
138 <note>
139 No any machine settings can be altered when the machine
140 is in this state.
141 </note>
142 </desc>
143 </const>
144 <const name="Aborted" value="3">
145 <desc>
146 A process that run the machine has abnormally terminated.
147 Other than that, this value is equivalent to #PoweredOff.
148 </desc>
149 </const>
150 <const name="Running" value="4">
151 <desc>
152 The machine is currently being executed.
153 <note>
154 This value can be used in comparison expressions:
155 all state values below it describe a virtual machine that is
156 not currently being executed (i.e., it is completely out of
157 action).
158 </note>
159 <note>
160 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
161 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
162 preceed the Paused state.
163 </note>
164 </desc>
165 </const>
166 <const name="Paused" value="5">
167 <desc>
168 The execution of the machine has been paused.
169 <note>
170 This value can be used in comparison expressions: all state values
171 above it represent unstable states of the running virtual
172 machine. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, no machine settings can
173 be altered when it is in one of the unstable sates.
174 </note>
175 <note>
176 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
177 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
178 follow the Running state.
179 </note>
180 </desc>
181 </const>
182 <const name="Stuck" value="6">
183 <desc>
184 The execution of the machine has reached the Guru Meditaion
185 condition. This condition indicates an internal VMM failure which may
186 happen as a result of either an unhandled low-level virtual hardware
187 exception or one of the recompiler exceptions (such as
188 the <i>too-many-traps</i> condition).
189 </desc>
190 </const>
191 <const name="Starting" value="7">
192 <desc>
193 The machine is being started after
194 <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from a
195 zero execution state.
196 </desc>
197 </const>
198 <const name="Stopping" value="8">
199 <desc>
200 The machine is being normally stopped
201 (after explicitly <link to="IConsole::powerDown">powering it off</link>,
202 or after the guest OS has initiated a shutdown sequence).
203 </desc>
204 </const>
205 <const name="Saving" value="9">
206 <desc>
207 The machine is saving its execution state to a file as a
208 result of calling <link to="IConsole::saveState"/> or an online
209 snapshot of the machine is being taken using
210 <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/>.
211 </desc>
212 </const>
213 <const name="Restoring" value="10">
214 <desc>
215 The execution state of the machine is being restored from a file
216 after <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from
217 a saved execution state.
218 </desc>
219 </const>
220 <const name="Discarding" value="11">
221 <desc>
222 A snapshot of the machine is being discarded after calling
223 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot"/> or its current state is
224 being discarded after <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/>.
225 </desc>
226 </const>
227 </enum>
228
229 <enum
230 name="SessionState"
231 uuid="CF2700C0-EA4B-47ae-9725-7810114B94D8"
232 >
233 <desc>
234 Session state. This enumeration represents possible values of
235 <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/> and <link to="ISession::state"/>
236 attributes. Idividual value descriptions contain the appropriate
237 meaning for every case.
238 </desc>
239
240 <const name="InvalidSessionState" value="0"/>
241 <const name="SessionClosed" value="1">
242 <desc>
243 The machine has no open sessions (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
244 the session is closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
245 </desc>
246 </const>
247 <const name="SessionOpen" value="2">
248 <desc>
249 The machine has an open direct session (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
250 the session is open (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
251 </desc>
252 </const>
253 <const name="SessionSpawning" value="3">
254 <desc>
255 A new (direct) session is being opened for the machine
256 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
257 call (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
258 the session is currently being opened
259 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
260 call (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
261 </desc>
262 </const>
263 <const name="SessionClosing" value="4">
264 <desc>
265 The direct session is being closed (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
266 the session is being closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
267 </desc>
268 </const>
269 </enum>
270
271 <enum
272 name="SessionType"
273 uuid="A13C02CB-0C2C-421E-8317-AC0E8AAA153A"
274 >
275 <desc>
276 Session type. This enumeration represents possible values of the
277 <link to="ISession::type"/> attribute.
278 </desc>
279
280 <const name="InvalidSessionType" value="0"/>
281 <const name="DirectSession" value="1">
282 <desc>
283 Direct session
284 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>)
285 </desc>
286 </const>
287 <const name="RemoteSession" value="2">
288 <desc>
289 Remote session
290 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>)
291 </desc>
292 </const>
293 <const name="ExistingSession" value="3">
294 <desc>
295 Existing session
296 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession()"/>)
297 </desc>
298 </const>
299 </enum>
300
301 <enum
302 name="DeviceType"
303 uuid="6d9420f7-0b56-4636-99f9-7346f1b01e57"
304 >
305 <desc>
306 Device type.
307 </desc>
308 <const name="NoDevice" value="0">
309 <desc>
310 No Device. This value is not used by
311 <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>
312 </desc>
313 </const>
314 <const name="FloppyDevice" value="1">
315 <desc>Floppy device.</desc>
316 </const>
317 <const name="DVDDevice" value="2">
318 <desc>CD/DVD-ROM device.</desc>
319 </const>
320 <const name="HardDiskDevice" value="3">
321 <desc>Hard disk device.</desc>
322 </const>
323 <const name="NetworkDevice" value="4">
324 <desc>Network device.</desc>
325 </const>
326 <const name="USBDevice" value="5">
327 <desc>USB device.</desc>
328 </const>
329 <const name="SharedFolderDevice" value="6">
330 <desc>Shared folder device.</desc>
331 </const>
332 </enum>
333
334 <enum
335 name="DeviceActivity"
336 uuid="6FC8AEAA-130A-4eb5-8954-3F921422D707"
337 >
338 <const name="InvalidActivity" value="0"/>
339 <const name="DeviceIdle" value="1"/>
340 <const name="DeviceReading" value="2"/>
341 <const name="DeviceWriting" value="3"/>
342 </enum>
343
344 <enum
345 name="ResourceUsage"
346 uuid="FC56E4B6-B195-48e2-A5E1-A667B0D9F809"
347 >
348 <desc>
349 Usage type constants for
350 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImageUsage"/> and
351 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImageUsage"/>.
352 </desc>
353 <const name="InvalidUsage" value="0"/>
354 <const name="PermanentUsage" value="1">
355 <desc>
356 Scopes the VMs that use the resource permanently
357 (the information about this usage is stored in the VM
358 settings file).
359 </desc>
360 </const>
361 <const name="TemporaryUsage" value="2">
362 <desc>
363 Scopes the VMs that are temporarily using the resource
364 (the information about the usage is not yet saved in the VM
365 settings file). Temporary usage can take place only in the
366 context of an open session.
367 </desc>
368 </const>
369 <const name="AllUsage" value="3">
370 <desc>
371 Combines PermanentUsage and TemporaryUsage.
372 </desc>
373 </const>
374 </enum>
375
376 <enum
377 name="DiskControllerType"
378 uuid="1115b810-2ee7-4ebd-8b39-92e98c9a2b48"
379 >
380 <const name="InvalidController" value="0"/>
381 <const name="IDE0Controller" value="1"/>
382 <const name="IDE1Controller" value="2"/>
383 </enum>
384
385 <enum
386 name="ClipboardMode"
387 uuid="33364716-4008-4701-8f14-be0fa3d62950"
388 >
389 <const name="ClipDisabled" value="0"/>
390 <const name="ClipHostToGuest" value="1"/>
391 <const name="ClipGuestToHost" value="2"/>
392 <const name="ClipBidirectional" value="3"/>
393 </enum>
394
395 <enum
396 name="Scope"
397 uuid="7c91096e-499e-4eca-9f9b-9001438d7855"
398 >
399 <desc>
400 Scope of the operation.
401
402 A generic enumeration used in various methods to define the action or
403 argument scope.
404 </desc>
405 <const name="GlobalScope" value="0"/>
406 <const name="MachineScope" value="1"/>
407 <const name="SessionScope" value="2"/>
408 </enum>
409
410 <enum
411 name="GuestStatisticType"
412 uuid="aa7c1d71-aafe-47a8-9608-27d2d337cf55"
413 >
414 <const name="CPULoad_Idle" value="0">
415 <desc>
416 Idle CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
417 </desc>
418 </const>
419 <const name="CPULoad_Kernel" value="1">
420 <desc>
421 Kernel CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
422 </desc>
423 </const>
424 <const name="CPULoad_User" value="2">
425 <desc>
426 User CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
427 </desc>
428 </const>
429 <const name="Threads" value="3">
430 <desc>
431 Total number of threads in the system.
432 </desc>
433 </const>
434 <const name="Processes" value="4">
435 <desc>
436 Total number of processes in the system.
437 </desc>
438 </const>
439 <const name="Handles" value="5">
440 <desc>
441 Total number of handles in the system.
442 </desc>
443 </const>
444 <const name="MemoryLoad" value="6">
445 <desc>
446 Memory load (0-100%).
447 </desc>
448 </const>
449 <const name="PhysMemTotal" value="7">
450 <desc>
451 Total physical memory in megabytes.
452 </desc>
453 </const>
454 <const name="PhysMemAvailable" value="8">
455 <desc>
456 Free physical memory in megabytes.
457 </desc>
458 </const>
459 <const name="PhysMemBalloon" value="9">
460 <desc>
461 Ballooned physical memory in megabytes.
462 </desc>
463 </const>
464 <const name="MemCommitTotal" value="10">
465 <desc>
466 Total amount of memory in the committed state in megabytes.
467 </desc>
468 </const>
469 <const name="MemKernelTotal" value="11">
470 <desc>
471 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
472 </desc>
473 </const>
474 <const name="MemKernelPaged" value="12">
475 <desc>
476 Total amount of paged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
477 </desc>
478 </const>
479 <const name="MemKernelNonpaged" value="13">
480 <desc>
481 Total amount of nonpaged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
482 </desc>
483 </const>
484 <const name="MemSystemCache" value="14">
485 <desc>
486 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's system cache in megabytes.
487 </desc>
488 </const>
489 <const name="PageFileSize" value="15">
490 <desc>
491 Pagefile size in megabytes.
492 </desc>
493 </const>
494 <const name="SampleNumber" value="16">
495 <desc>
496 Statistics sample number
497 </desc>
498 </const>
499 <const name="MaxVal" value="17"/>
500 </enum>
501
502 <!--
503 // IVirtualBoxErrorInfo
504 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
505 -->
506
507 <interface
508 name="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" extends="$errorinfo"
509 uuid="e98b5376-8eb4-4eea-812a-3964bf3bb26f"
510 supportsErrorInfo="no"
511 wsmap="suppress"
512 >
513 <desc>
514 The IVirtualBoxErrorInfo interface represent extended error information.
515
516 Such extended error information can be set by VirtualBox components
517 after unsuccessful method invocation. This can then be returned to the
518 client in addition to a plain result code.
519
520 In MS COM, this interface extends the IErrorInfo interface,
521 in XPCOM, it extends the nsIException interface. In both cases,
522 it provides a set of common attributes to retrieve error
523 information.
524
525 Sometimes invocation of some component's method may involve
526 methods of other components that may also fail (independently of
527 this method's failure), or a series of non-fatal errors may
528 precede a fatal error that causes method failure. In cases like
529 that, it may be desirable to preserve information about all errors
530 happened during method invocation and deliver it to the
531 caller. The <link to="#next"/> attribute is intended specifically
532 for this purpose and allows to represent a chain of errors through
533 a single IVirtualBoxErrorInfo instance set after method
534 invocation. Note that errors are stored to a chain in the reverse
535 order, i.e. the initial error object you query right after method
536 invocation is the last error set by the callee, the object it
537 points to in the @a next attribute is the previous error and so
538 on, up to the first error (which is the last in the chain).
539 </desc>
540
541 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
542 <desc>
543 Result code of the error.
544 Usually, it will be the same as the result code returned
545 by the method that provided this error information, but not
546 always. For example, on Win32, CoCreateInstance() will most
547 likely return E_NOINTERFACE upon unsuccessful component
548 instantiation attempt, but not the value the component factory
549 returned.
550 <note>
551 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
552 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::result.
553 </note>
554 </desc>
555 </attribute>
556
557 <attribute name="interfaceID" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
558 <desc>
559 UUID of the interface that defined the error.
560 <note>
561 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetGUID.
562 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
563 </note>
564 </desc>
565 </attribute>
566
567 <attribute name="component" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
568 <desc>
569 Name of the component that generated the error.
570 <note>
571 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetSource.
572 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
573 </note>
574 </desc>
575 </attribute>
576
577 <attribute name="text" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
578 <desc>
579 Text description of the error.
580 <note>
581 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetDescription.
582 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::message.
583 </note>
584 </desc>
585 </attribute>
586
587 <attribute name="next" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
588 <desc>
589 Next error object if there is any, or @c null otherwise.
590 <note>
591 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
592 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::inner.
593 </note>
594 </desc>
595 </attribute>
596
597 </interface>
598
599
600 <!--
601 // IVirtualBox
602 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
603 -->
604
605 <interface
606 name="IVirtualBoxCallback" extends="$unknown"
607 uuid="ee95ffc2-b6c6-4ce8-9e9e-ceadbb5019fe"
608 wsmap="suppress"
609 >
610 <method name="onMachineStateChange">
611 <desc>
612 The execution state of the given machine has changed.
613 <see>IMachine::state</see>
614 </desc>
615 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
616 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
617 </param>
618 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in">
619 <desc>New execution state.</desc>
620 </param>
621 </method>
622
623 <method name="onMachineDataChange">
624 <desc>
625 Any of the settings of the given machine has changed.
626 </desc>
627 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
628 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
629 </param>
630 </method>
631
632 <method name="onExtraDataCanChange">
633 <desc>
634 Notification when someone tries to change extra data for
635 either the given machine or (if null) global extra data.
636 This gives the chance to veto against changes.
637 </desc>
638 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
639 <desc>
640 ID of the machine this event relates to
641 (null ID for global extra data change requests).
642 </desc>
643 </param>
644 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
645 <desc>
646 Extra data key for the attempted write.
647 </desc>
648 </param>
649 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
650 <desc>
651 Extra data value for the given key.
652 </desc>
653 </param>
654 <param name="error" type="wstring" dir="out">
655 <desc>
656 Optional error message describing the reason of the
657 veto (ignored if this notification returns @c true).
658 </desc>
659 </param>
660 <param name="allowChange" type="boolean" dir="return">
661 <desc>
662 Flag to indicate whether the callee agrees (@ true)
663 or vetoes against the change (@ false).
664 </desc>
665 </param>
666 </method>
667
668 <method name="onExtraDataChange">
669 <desc>
670 Notification when machine specific or global extra data
671 has changed.
672 </desc>
673 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
674 <desc>
675 ID of the machine this event relates to.
676 Null for global extra data changes.
677 </desc>
678 </param>
679 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
680 <desc>
681 Extra data key that has changed.
682 </desc>
683 </param>
684 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
685 <desc>
686 Extra data value for the given key.
687 </desc>
688 </param>
689 </method>
690
691 <method name="onMediaRegistered">
692 <desc>
693 The given media was registered or unregistered
694 within this VirtualBox installation.
695
696 The @a mediaType parameter describes what type of
697 media the specified @a mediaId refers to. Possible
698 values are:
699
700 - <link to="HardDiskDevice"/>: the media is a hard disk
701 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
702 <link to="IVirtualBox::getHardDisk"/> call.
703 - <link to="DVDDevice"/>: the media is a CD/DVD image
704 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
705 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImage"/> call.
706 - <link to="FloppyDevice"/>: the media is a Floppy image
707 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
708 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImage"/> call.
709
710 Note that if this is a deregistration notification,
711 there is no way to access the object representing the
712 unregistered media. It is supposed that the
713 application will do required cleanup based on the @a
714 mediaId value.
715 </desc>
716 <param name="mediaId" type="uuid" dir="in">
717 <desc>ID of the media this event relates to.</desc>
718 </param>
719 <param name="mediaType" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
720 <desc>Type of the media this event relates to.</desc>
721 </param>
722 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
723 <desc>
724 If true, the media was registered, otherwise it was
725 unregistered.
726 </desc>
727 </param>
728 </method>
729
730 <method name="onMachineRegistered">
731 <desc>
732 The given machine was registered or unregistered
733 within this VirtualBox installation.
734 </desc>
735 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
736 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
737 </param>
738 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
739 <desc>
740 If true, the machine was registered, otherwise it was
741 unregistered.
742 </desc>
743 </param>
744 </method>
745
746 <method name="onSessionStateChange">
747 <desc>
748 The state of the session for the given machine was changed.
749 <see>IMachine::sessionState</see>
750 </desc>
751 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
752 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
753 </param>
754 <param name="state" type="SessionState" dir="in">
755 <desc>New session state.</desc>
756 </param>
757 </method>
758
759 <method name="onSnapshotTaken">
760 <desc>
761 A new snapshot of the machine has been taken.
762 <see>ISnapshot</see>
763 </desc>
764 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
765 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
766 </param>
767 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
768 <desc>ID of the new snapshot.</desc>
769 </param>
770 </method>
771
772 <method name="onSnapshotDiscarded">
773 <desc>
774 Snapshot of the given machine has been discarded.
775
776 <note>
777 This notification is delivered <b>after</b> the snapshot
778 object has been uninitialized on the server (so that any
779 attempt to call its methods will return an error).
780 </note>
781
782 <see>ISnapshot</see>
783 </desc>
784 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
785 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
786 </param>
787 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
788 <desc>
789 ID of the discarded snapshot. <tt>null</tt> means the
790 current machine state has been discarded (restored from
791 the current snapshot).
792 </desc>
793 </param>
794 </method>
795
796 <method name="onSnapshotChange">
797 <desc>
798 Snapshot properties (name and/or description) have been changed.
799 <see>ISnapshot</see>
800 </desc>
801 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
802 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
803 </param>
804 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
805 <desc>ID of the changed snapshot.</desc>
806 </param>
807 </method>
808
809 </interface>
810
811 <interface
812 name="IVirtualBox" extends="$dispatched"
813 uuid="64f652cb-7fdf-482d-ae19-4dbb289a5ca0"
814 wsmap="managed"
815 >
816 <desc> The main interface exposed by the product that provides virtual
817 machine management.
818
819 An instance of IVirtualBox is required for the product to do anything
820 useful. Even though the interface does not expose this, internally, IVirtualBox
821 is implemented as a singleton and actually lives in the process of the
822 VirtualBox server (VBoxSVC.exe). This makes sure that IVirtualBox can
823 track the state of all virtual machines on a particular host, regardless
824 of which frontend started them.
825
826 To enumerate all the virtual machines on the host, use the <link to="IVirtualBox::machines" />
827 attribute.</desc>
828
829 <attribute name="version" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
830 <desc>
831 A string representing the version number of the product. The
832 format is 3 integer numbers divided by dots (e.g. 1.0.1). The
833 last number represents the build number and will frequently change.
834 </desc>
835 </attribute>
836
837 <attribute name="homeFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
838 <desc>
839 Full path to the directory where the global settings file,
840 <tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>, is stored.
841
842 In this version of VirtualBox, the value of this property is
843 always <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;/.VirtualBox</tt> (where
844 <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;</tt> is the path to the user directory,
845 as determined by the host OS), and cannot be changed.
846
847 This path is also used as the base to resolve relative paths in
848 places where relative paths are allowed (unless otherwise
849 expressly indicated).
850 </desc>
851 </attribute>
852
853 <attribute name="host" type="IHost" readonly="yes">
854 <desc>Associated host object.</desc>
855 </attribute>
856
857 <attribute name="systemProperties" type="ISystemProperties" readonly="yes">
858 <desc>Associated system information object.</desc>
859 </attribute>
860
861 <attribute name="machines" type="IMachineCollection" readonly="yes"/>
862
863 <attribute name="hardDisks" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
864 <desc>
865 A collection of hard disk objects registered within this
866 VirtualBox instance.
867 This collection contains only "top-level" (basic or independent)
868 hard disk images, but not differencing ones. All differencing
869 images of the given top-level image (i.e. all its children) can
870 be enumerated using <link to="IHardDisk::children"/>.
871 </desc>
872 </attribute>
873
874 <attribute name="DVDImages" type="IDVDImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
875
876 <attribute name="FloppyImages" type="IFloppyImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
877
878 <attribute name="progressOperations" type="IProgressCollection" readonly="yes"/>
879
880 <attribute name="guestOSTypes" type="IGuestOSTypeCollection" readonly="yes"/>
881
882 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
883 <desc>
884 Collection of global shared folders. Global shared folders are
885 available to all virtual machines.
886
887 New shared folders are added to the collection using
888 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
889 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
890
891 <note>
892 In the current version of the product, global shared folders are not
893 implemented and therefore this collection is always empty.
894 </note>
895 </desc>
896 </attribute>
897
898 <method name="createMachine">
899 <desc>
900 Creates a new virtual machine.
901
902 Every machine has a <i>settings file</i> that is used to store
903 the machine configuration. This file is stored in the directory
904 called <i>machine settings subfolder</i>. Both the subfolder
905 and the settings file have the same name that corresponds to the
906 name of the virtual machine. You can specify where
907 to create the machine settings subfolder using the @a
908 baseFolder argument. The base folder can be absolute (full path)
909 or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
910 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
911
912 If a null or empty string is given as the base folder (which is
913 recommended), the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultMachineFolder">
914 default machine settings folder</link> will be used as the base
915 folder to create the machine settings subfolder and file. In
916 any case, the full path to the settings file will look like:
917 <pre>
918 &lt;base_folder&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;.xml</pre>
919
920 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
921 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
922 empty or null UUID.
923
924 Note that the configuration of the newly created machine is not
925 saved to disk (and therefore no settings subfolder and file are
926 created) until <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called.
927
928 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
929 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
930 description for more details about the machine name.
931
932 The created machine remains
933 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
934
935 <note>
936 There is no way to change the name of the settings file or
937 subfolder of the created machine directly.
938 </note>
939 </desc>
940 <param name="baseFolder" type="wstring" dir="in">
941 <desc>
942 Name of the folder where to create the machine settings
943 subfolder containing the settings file.
944 </desc>
945 </param>
946 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
947 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
948 </param>
949 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
950 <desc>
951 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
952 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
953 </desc>
954 </param>
955 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
956 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
957 </param>
958 </method>
959
960 <method name="createLegacyMachine">
961 <desc>
962 Creates a new virtual machine in "legacy" mode, using the
963 specified settings file to store machine settings.
964
965 As opposed to machines created by <link to="#createMachine()"/>,
966 the settings file of the machine created in "legacy" mode
967 is not automatically renamed when the machine name is
968 changed -- it will always remain the same as specified in this
969 method call.
970
971 The specified settings file name can be absolute
972 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
973 VirtualBox home directory</link>. If the file name doesn't
974 contain an extension, the default extension (.xml) will be
975 appended.
976
977 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
978 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
979 empty or null UUID.
980
981 Note that the configuration of the newly created machine is not
982 saved to disk (and therefore no settings file is created)
983 until <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. If the
984 specified settings file already exists,
985 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> will return an error.
986
987 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
988 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
989 description for more details about the machine name.
990
991 The created machine remains
992 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
993
994 @deprecated This method may be removed later. It is better
995 to use <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>.
996
997 <note>
998 There is no way to change the name of the settings file
999 of the created machine.
1000 </note>
1001 </desc>
1002 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1003 <desc>
1004 Name of the file where to store machine settings.
1005 </desc>
1006 </param>
1007 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1008 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1009 </param>
1010 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1011 <desc>
1012 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1013 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1014 </desc>
1015 </param>
1016 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1017 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1018 </param>
1019 </method>
1020
1021 <method name="openMachine">
1022 <desc>
1023 Opens a virtual machine from the existing settings file.
1024 The opened machine remains unregistered until you call
1025 <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1026
1027 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1028 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1029 VirtualBox home directory</link>. This file must exist
1030 and must be a valid machine settings file whose contents
1031 will be used to construct the machine object.
1032
1033 @deprecated Will be removed soon.
1034 </desc>
1035 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1036 <desc>
1037 Name of the machine settings file.
1038 </desc>
1039 </param>
1040 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1041 <desc>Opened machine object.</desc>
1042 </param>
1043 <note>
1044 <link to="IMachine::settingsModified"/> will return
1045 false for the created machine, until any of machine settigs
1046 are changed.
1047 </note>
1048 </method>
1049
1050 <method name="registerMachine">
1051 <desc>
1052
1053 Registers the machine previously created using
1054 <link to="#createMachine()"/> or opened using
1055 <link to="#openMachine()"/> within this VirtualBox installation. After
1056 successful method invocation, the
1057 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1058 to all registered callbacks.
1059
1060 <note>
1061 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/>
1062 to save all current machine settings before registering it.
1063 </note>
1064
1065 </desc>
1066 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
1067 </method>
1068
1069 <method name="getMachine">
1070 <desc>
1071 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its UUID.
1072 To look up a machine by name, use <link to="IVirtualBox::findMachine" /> instead.
1073 </desc>
1074 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1075 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1076 </method>
1077
1078 <method name="findMachine">
1079 <desc>
1080 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its name.
1081 To look up a machine by UUID, use <link to="IVirtualBox::getMachine" /> instead.
1082 </desc>
1083 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1084 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1085 </method>
1086
1087 <method name="unregisterMachine">
1088 <desc>
1089
1090 Unregisters the machine previously registered using
1091 <link to="#registerMachine"/>. After successful method invocation, the
1092 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1093 to all registered callbacks.
1094
1095 <note>
1096 The specified machine must not be in the Saved state, have an open
1097 (or a spawning) direct session associated with it, have snapshots or
1098 have hard disks attached.
1099 </note>
1100
1101 <note>
1102 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to
1103 save all current machine settings before unregistering it.
1104 </note>
1105
1106 <note>
1107 If the given machine is inaccessible (see
1108 <link to="IMachine::accessible"/>), it will be unregistered and
1109 fully uninitialized right afterwards. As a result, the returned
1110 machine object will be unusable and an attempt to call
1111 <b>any</b> method will return the "Object not ready" error.
1112 </note>
1113
1114 </desc>
1115 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1116 <desc>UUID of the machine to unregister.</desc>
1117 </param>
1118 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1119 <desc>Unregistered machine object.</desc>
1120 </param>
1121 </method>
1122
1123 <method name="createHardDisk">
1124 <desc>
1125
1126 Creates a new unregistered hard disk that will use the given
1127 storage type.
1128
1129 Most properties of the created hard disk object are
1130 uninitialized. Valid values must be assigned to them (and probalby
1131 some actions performed) to make the actual usage of this hard disk
1132 (<link to="#registerHardDisk()">register</link>, attach to a virtual
1133 machine, etc.). See the description of <link to="IHardDisk"/> and
1134 descriptions of storage type specific interfaces for more information.
1135
1136 <note>
1137 For hard disks using
1138 the <link
1139 to="HardDiskStorageType::VirtualDiskImage">VirtualDiskImage</link>
1140 storage type, an image file is not actually created until you call
1141 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createDynamicImage()"/> or
1142 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createFixedImage()"/>.
1143 </note>
1144
1145 </desc>
1146
1147 <param name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" dir="in">
1148 <desc>Storage type of the hard disk image to create.</desc>
1149 </param>
1150 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1151 <desc>Created hard disk object of the given storage type.</desc>
1152 </param>
1153
1154 </method>
1155
1156 <method name="openHardDisk">
1157 <desc>
1158
1159 Opens a hard disk from an existing location.
1160
1161 This method tries to guess the
1162 <link to="HardDiskStorageType">hard disk storage type</link> from the
1163 format of the location string and from the contents of the resource the
1164 location points to. Currently, a <i>file path</i> is the only
1165 supported format for the location string which must point to either a
1166 VDI file or to a VMDK file. On success, an IHardDisk object will be
1167 returned that also implements the corresponding interface
1168 (IVirtualDiskImage or IVMDKImage, respectively). The
1169 <link to="IHardDisk::storageType"/> property may also be used to
1170 determine the storage type of the returned object (instead of trying
1171 to query one of these interfaces).
1172
1173 <note>
1174 The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or relative to
1175 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">VirtualBox home
1176 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
1177 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
1178 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
1179 </note>
1180
1181 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1182 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1183
1184 </desc>
1185
1186 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1187 <desc>
1188 Location of the resource that contains a valid hard disk.
1189 </desc>
1190 </param>
1191 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1192 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1193 </param>
1194 </method>
1195
1196 <method name="openVirtualDiskImage">
1197 <desc>
1198
1199 Opens a hard disk from an existing Virtual Disk Image file.
1200 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1201 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1202
1203 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> instead.
1204
1205 <note>Opening differencing images is not supported.</note>
1206
1207 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1208 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1209 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1210 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1211 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1212 file.</note>
1213
1214 </desc>
1215
1216 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1217 <desc>
1218 Name of the file that contains a valid Virtual Disk Image.
1219 </desc>
1220 </param>
1221 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1222 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1223 </param>
1224 </method>
1225
1226 <method name="registerHardDisk">
1227 <desc>
1228
1229 Registers the given hard disk within this VirtualBox
1230 installation. The hard disk must not be registered, must be
1231 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible"/> and must not be a
1232 differencing hard disk, otherwise the registration will fail.
1233
1234 </desc>
1235 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="in">
1236 <desc>Hard disk object to register.</desc>
1237 </param>
1238 </method>
1239
1240 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
1241 <desc>
1242 Returns the registered hard disk with the given UUID.
1243 </desc>
1244 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1245 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to look for.</desc>
1246 </param>
1247 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1248 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1249 </param>
1250 </method>
1251
1252 <method name="findHardDisk">
1253 <desc>
1254
1255 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given location to
1256 store data. The search is done by comparing the
1257 value of the @a location argument to the
1258 <link to="IHardDisk::location"/> attribute of each registered
1259 hard disk.
1260
1261 For locations repesented by file paths (such as VDI and VMDK
1262 images), the specified location can be either an absolute file
1263 path or a path relative to
1264 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
1265 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1266 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1267 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to construct
1268 the absolute image file name to search for. Note that on host
1269 systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case sensitive
1270 comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols in the
1271 file path is ignored.
1272
1273 </desc>
1274 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1275 <desc>Hard disk location specification to search for.</desc>
1276 </param>
1277 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1278 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1279 </param>
1280 </method>
1281
1282 <method name="findVirtualDiskImage">
1283 <desc>
1284
1285 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given image file.
1286
1287 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::findHardDisk()"/> instead.
1288
1289 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1290 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1291 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1292 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1293 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1294 file.</note>
1295
1296 <note>On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1297 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols
1298 in the file path is ignored.</note>
1299
1300 </desc>
1301 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1302 <desc>Virtual Disk Image file path to look for.</desc>
1303 </param>
1304 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1305 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1306 </param>
1307 </method>
1308
1309 <method name="unregisterHardDisk">
1310 <desc>
1311 Unregisters a hard disk previously registered using
1312 <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/>.
1313 <note>
1314 The specified hard disk must not be attached to any of
1315 the existing virtual machines and must not have children
1316 (differencing) hard disks.
1317 </note>
1318 </desc>
1319 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1320 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to unregister.</desc>
1321 </param>
1322 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1323 <desc>Unregistered hard disk object.</desc>
1324 </param>
1325 </method>
1326
1327 <method name="openDVDImage">
1328 <desc>
1329 Opens the CD/DVD image contained in the specified file of
1330 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1331 image remains unregistered
1332 until <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/> is called.
1333 </desc>
1334 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1335 <desc>
1336 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1337 CD/DVD image. Currently, only ISO images are supported.
1338 <note>
1339 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1340 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1341 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1342 </note>
1343 </desc>
1344 </param>
1345 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1346 <desc>
1347 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1348 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1349 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1350 </desc>
1351 </param>
1352 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1353 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1354 </param>
1355 </method>
1356
1357 <method name="registerDVDImage">
1358 <desc>
1359 Registers a CD/DVD image within this VirtualBox
1360 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1361 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1362 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1363 </desc>
1364 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="in">
1365 <desc>CD/DVD image object to register.</desc>
1366 </param>
1367 </method>
1368
1369 <method name="getDVDImage">
1370 <desc>
1371 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given UUID.
1372 </desc>
1373 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1374 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1375 </param>
1376 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1377 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1378 </param>
1379 </method>
1380
1381 <method name="findDVDImage">
1382 <desc>
1383 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given image file.
1384 <note>
1385 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1386 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1387 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1388 </note>
1389 </desc>
1390 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1391 <desc>CD/DVD image file path to look for.</desc>
1392 </param>
1393 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1394 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1395 </param>
1396 </method>
1397
1398 <method name="getDVDImageUsage">
1399 <desc>
1400 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1401 the given CD/DVD image.
1402 </desc>
1403 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1404 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1405 </param>
1406 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1407 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1408 </param>
1409 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1410 <desc>
1411 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1412 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1413 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1414 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1415 <note>
1416 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::AllUsage"/>
1417 and the image is used by the VM both permanently
1418 and temporarily, the VM's UUID will be present only
1419 once in the list.
1420 </note>
1421 </desc>
1422 </param>
1423 </method>
1424
1425 <method name="unregisterDVDImage">
1426 <desc>
1427 Unregisters the CD/DVD image previously registered using
1428 <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/>.
1429 <note>
1430 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1431 the existing virtual machines.
1432 </note>
1433 </desc>
1434 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1435 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image to unregister.</desc>
1436 </param>
1437 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1438 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1439 </param>
1440 </method>
1441
1442 <method name="openFloppyImage">
1443 <desc>
1444 Opens a floppy image contained in the specified file of
1445 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1446 image remains unregistered
1447 until <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/> is called.
1448 </desc>
1449 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1450 <desc>
1451 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1452 floppy image.
1453 <note>
1454 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1455 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1456 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1457 </note>
1458 </desc>
1459 </param>
1460 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1461 <desc>
1462 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1463 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1464 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1465 </desc>
1466 </param>
1467 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1468 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1469 </param>
1470 </method>
1471
1472 <method name="registerFloppyImage">
1473 <desc>
1474 Registers a floppy image within this VirtualBox
1475 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1476 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1477 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1478 </desc>
1479 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="in">
1480 <desc>Floppy image object to register.</desc>
1481 </param>
1482 </method>
1483
1484 <method name="getFloppyImage">
1485 <desc>
1486 Returns a registered floppy image with the given UUID.
1487 </desc>
1488 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1489 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1490 </param>
1491 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1492 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1493 </param>
1494 </method>
1495
1496 <method name="findFloppyImage">
1497 <desc>
1498 Returns a registered floppy image with the given image file.
1499 <note>
1500 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1501 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1502 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1503 </note>
1504 </desc>
1505 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1506 <desc>Floppy image file path to look for.</desc>
1507 </param>
1508 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1509 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1510 </param>
1511 </method>
1512
1513 <method name="getFloppyImageUsage">
1514 <desc>
1515 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1516 the given floppy image.
1517 </desc>
1518 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1519 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1520 </param>
1521 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1522 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1523 </param>
1524 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1525 <desc>
1526 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1527 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1528 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1529 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1530 <note>
1531 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::AllUsage"/>
1532 and the image is used by the VM both permanently
1533 and temporarily, the VM's UUID will be present only
1534 once in the list.
1535 </note>
1536 </desc>
1537 </param>
1538 </method>
1539
1540 <method name="unregisterFloppyImage">
1541 <desc>
1542 Unregisters the floppy image previously registered using
1543 <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/>.
1544 <note>
1545 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1546 the existing virtual machines.
1547 </note>
1548 </desc>
1549 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1550 <desc>UUID of the floppy image to unregister.</desc>
1551 </param>
1552 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1553 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1554 </param>
1555 </method>
1556
1557 <method name="getGuestOSType">
1558 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1559 <param name="type" type="IGuestOSType" dir="return"/>
1560 </method>
1561
1562 <method name="createSharedFolder">
1563 <desc>
1564 Creates a new global shared folder by associating the given logical
1565 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
1566 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
1567 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
1568 </desc>
1569 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1570 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
1571 </param>
1572 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1573 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
1574 </param>
1575 </method>
1576
1577 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
1578 <desc>
1579 Removes the global shared folder with the given name previously
1580 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
1581 shared folders and stops sharing it.
1582 </desc>
1583 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1584 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
1585 </param>
1586 </method>
1587
1588 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
1589 <desc>
1590 Returns the global extra data key name following the supplied key.
1591
1592 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
1593 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
1594 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
1595 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
1596 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
1597 </desc>
1598 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1599 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
1600 </param>
1601 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
1602 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
1603 </param>
1604 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
1605 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
1606 </param>
1607 </method>
1608
1609 <method name="getExtraData">
1610 <desc>
1611 Returns associated global extra data.
1612
1613 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
1614 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
1615 </desc>
1616 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1617 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
1618 </param>
1619 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
1620 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
1621 </param>
1622 </method>
1623
1624 <method name="setExtraData">
1625 <desc>
1626 Sets associated global extra data.
1627
1628 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
1629 deleted.
1630
1631 <note>
1632 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
1633 registered callbacks using the
1634 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
1635 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
1636 new value, the change will not be performed.
1637 </note>
1638 <note>
1639 On success, the
1640 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
1641 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
1642 change.
1643 </note>
1644 </desc>
1645 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1646 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
1647 </param>
1648 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
1649 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
1650 </param>
1651 </method>
1652
1653 <method name="openSession">
1654 <desc>
1655 Opens a new direct session with the given virtual machine.
1656
1657 Within the direct session context, it is possible to change
1658 all VM settings, as well as to execute the VM in the process
1659 space of the session object. There can be only one direct
1660 session open at a time for every virtual machine.
1661
1662 Upon successful return, the session object can be used to
1663 get access to the machine and to the VM console.
1664 </desc>
1665 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1666 <desc>
1667 Session object that will represent the opened session after
1668 successful method invocation. This object must not represent
1669 the already open session.
1670 <note>
1671 This session will be automatically closed if the
1672 VirtualBox server is terminated for some reason.
1673 </note>
1674 </desc>
1675 </param>
1676 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1677 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1678 </param>
1679 </method>
1680
1681 <method name="openRemoteSession">
1682 <desc>
1683 Opens a new remote session with the given virtual
1684 machine.
1685
1686 Opening a remote session causes the VirtualBox server to start a new
1687 process that opens a direct session with the given VM. The remote
1688 session provides some level of control over the VM execution to the
1689 caller (using the IConsole interface); however, within the remote
1690 session context, not all VM settings are available for modification.
1691
1692 This operation can take some time, so the progress object
1693 is returned to let the caller be informed when the session is
1694 actually open. Until then, the remote session object remains in
1695 the closed state and accessing the machine or its console through
1696 it is invalid.
1697
1698 Currently supported session types (values of the @a type
1699 argument) are:
1700 <ul>
1701 <li><tt>gui</tt>: VirtualBox Qt GUI session</li>
1702 <li><tt>vrdp</tt>: VirtualBox VRDP Server session</li>
1703 </ul>
1704
1705 The @a environment argument is a string containing definitions of
1706 environment variables in the following format:
1707 @code
1708 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1709 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1710 ...
1711 @endcode
1712 where <tt>\\n</tt> is the new line character. These environment
1713 variables will be appended to the environment of the VirtualBox server
1714 process. If an environment variable exists both in the server process
1715 and in this list, the value from this list takes precedence over the
1716 server's variable. If the value of the environment variable is
1717 omitted, this variable will be removed from the resulting environment.
1718 If the environment string is @c null, the server environment is
1719 inherited by the started process as is.
1720
1721 <note>
1722 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine
1723 that already has an open direct session or waits until the
1724 previous request to open the remote session is completed
1725 (see <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>).
1726 </note>
1727
1728 <note>
1729 The opened @a session will be automatically closed when
1730 the corresponding direct session dies or gets closed.
1731 </note>
1732
1733 <see>openExistingSession</see>
1734 </desc>
1735 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1736 <desc>
1737 Session object that will represent the opened remote session
1738 after successful method invocation (this object must not
1739 represent an already open session).
1740 </desc>
1741 </param>
1742 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1743 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1744 </param>
1745 <param name="type" type="wstring" dir="in">
1746 <desc>
1747 Type of the remote session (case sensitive).
1748 </desc>
1749 </param>
1750 <param name="environment" type="wstring" dir="in">
1751 <desc>
1752 Environment to pass to the opened session (may be @c null).
1753 </desc>
1754 </param>
1755 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
1756 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
1757 </param>
1758 </method>
1759
1760 <method name="openExistingSession">
1761 <desc>
1762 Opens a new remote session with the virtual machine for
1763 which a direct session is already open.
1764
1765 The remote session provides some level of control over the VM
1766 execution (using the IConsole interface) to the caller; however,
1767 within the remote session context, not all VM settings are available
1768 for modification.
1769
1770 As opposed to <link to="#openRemoteSession()"/>, the number of
1771 remote sessions opened this way is not limited by the API
1772
1773 <note>
1774 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine that
1775 doesn't have an open direct session.
1776 </note>
1777
1778 <see>openRemoteSession</see>
1779 </desc>
1780 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1781 <desc>
1782 Session object that will represent the open remote session
1783 after successful method invocation. This object must not
1784 represent an already open session.
1785 <note>
1786 This session will be automatically closed when the peer
1787 (direct) session dies or gets closed.
1788 </note>
1789 </desc>
1790 </param>
1791 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1792 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1793 </param>
1794 </method>
1795
1796 <method name="registerCallback">
1797 <desc>
1798 Registers a new global VirtualBox callback. The methods of the given
1799 callback object will be called by VirtualBox when an appropriate
1800 event occurs.
1801 </desc>
1802 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
1803 <desc>Callback object to register.</desc>
1804 </param>
1805 </method>
1806
1807 <method name="unregisterCallback">
1808 <desc>
1809 Unregisters the previously registered global VirtualBox callback.
1810 </desc>
1811 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
1812 <desc>Callback object to unregister.</desc>
1813 </param>
1814 </method>
1815
1816 <method name="waitForPropertyChange">
1817 <desc>
1818 Blocks the caller until any of the properties represented by the @a
1819 what argument changes the value or until the given timeout interval
1820 expires.
1821
1822 The @a what argument is a comma separated list of propertiy masks that
1823 describe properties the caller is interested in. The property mask is
1824 a string in the following format:
1825
1826 @code
1827 [[group.]subgroup.]name
1828 @endcode
1829
1830 where @c name is the property name and @c group, @c subgroup are zero
1831 or or more property group specifiers. Each element (group or name) in
1832 the property mask may be either a latin string or an asterisk symbol
1833 (@c "*") which is used to match any string for the given element. A
1834 property mask that doesn't contain asterisk symbols represents a
1835 single fully qualified property name.
1836
1837 Groups in the fully qualified property name go from more generic (the
1838 left-most part) to more specific (the right-most part). The first
1839 element is usually a name of the object the property belongs to. The
1840 second element may be either a property name, or a child object name,
1841 or an index if the preceeding element names an object which is one of
1842 many objects of the same type. This way, property names form a
1843 hierarchy of properties. Here are some examples of property names:
1844
1845 <table>
1846 <tr>
1847 <td><tt>VirtualBox.version</tt></td>
1848 <td><link to="IVirtualBox::version"/> property</td>
1849 </tr>
1850 <tr>
1851 <td><tt>Machine.&lt;UUID&gt;.name</tt></td>
1852 <td><link to="IMachine::name"/> property of the machine with the
1853 given UUID</td>
1854 </tr>
1855 </table>
1856
1857 Most property names directly correspond to the properties of objects
1858 (components) provided by the VirtualBox library and may be used to
1859 track changes to these properties. However, there may be
1860 pseudo-property names that don't correspond to any existing object's
1861 property directly, as well as there may be object properties that
1862 don't have a corresponding property name that is understood by this
1863 method, and therefore changes to such properties cannot be
1864 tracked. See individual object's property descrcriptions to get a
1865 fully qualified property name that can be used with this method (if
1866 any).
1867
1868 There is a special property mask @c "*" (i.e. a string consisting of a
1869 single asterisk symbol) that can be used to match all properties.
1870 Below are more examples of property masks:
1871
1872 <table>
1873 <tr>
1874 <td><tt>VirtualBox.*</tt></td>
1875 <td>Track all properties of the VirtualBox object</td>
1876 </tr>
1877 <tr>
1878 <td><tt>Machine.*.name</tt></td>
1879 <td>Track changes to the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property of
1880 all registered virtual machines</td>
1881 </tr>
1882 </table>
1883
1884 </desc>
1885 <param name="what" type="wstring" dir="in">
1886 <desc>Comma separated list of property masks.</desc>
1887 </param>
1888 <param name="timeout" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
1889 <desc>
1890 Wait timeout in milliseconds.
1891 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
1892 </desc>
1893 </param>
1894 <param name="changed" type="wstring" dir="out">
1895 <desc>
1896 Comma separated list of properties that have been changed and caused
1897 this method to return to the caller.
1898 </desc>
1899 </param>
1900 <param name="values" type="wstring" dir="out">
1901 <desc>Reserved, not currently used.</desc>
1902 </param>
1903 </method>
1904
1905 </interface>
1906
1907 <!--
1908 // IMachine
1909 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1910 -->
1911
1912 <enumerator
1913 name="IMachineEnumerator" type="IMachine"
1914 uuid="1b554149-be0a-4465-9252-9ff8f420af55"
1915 />
1916
1917 <collection
1918 name="IMachineCollection" type="IMachine" enumerator="IMachineEnumerator"
1919 uuid="FD443EC1-3007-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
1920 readonly="yes"
1921 />
1922
1923 <interface
1924 name="IInternalMachineControl" extends="$unknown"
1925 uuid="1063893c-4c38-4304-aee9-73e072c181cc"
1926 internal="yes"
1927 wsmap="suppress"
1928 >
1929 <method name="updateState">
1930 <desc>
1931 Updates the VM state.
1932 <note>
1933 This operation will also update the settings file with
1934 the correct information about the saved state file
1935 and delete this file from disk when appropriate.
1936 </note>
1937 </desc>
1938 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
1939 </method>
1940
1941 <method name="getIPCId">
1942 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
1943 </method>
1944
1945 <method name="runUSBDeviceFilters">
1946 <desc>
1947 Asks the server to run USB devices filters of the associated
1948 machine against the given USB device and tell if there is
1949 a match.
1950 <note>
1951 Intended to be used only for remote USB devices. Local
1952 ones don't require to call this method (this is done
1953 implicitly by the Host and USBProxyService).
1954 </note>
1955 </desc>
1956 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
1957 <param name="matched" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
1958 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="out"/>
1959 </method>
1960
1961 <method name="captureUSBDevice">
1962 <desc>
1963 Requests a capture of the given host USB device.
1964 When the request is completed, the VM process will
1965 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
1966 notification.
1967 </desc>
1968 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1969 </method>
1970
1971 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
1972 <desc>
1973 Notification that a VM is going to detach (done = false) or has
1974 already detached (done = true) the given USB device.
1975 When the done = true request is completed, the VM process will
1976 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceDetach"/>
1977 notification.
1978 <note>
1979 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
1980 and filters of all VMs but this one on the detached device
1981 as if it were just attached to the host computer.
1982 </note>
1983 </desc>
1984 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1985 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
1986 </method>
1987
1988 <method name="autoCaptureUSBDevices">
1989 <desc>
1990 Requests a capture all matching USB devices attached to the host.
1991 When the request is completed, the VM process will
1992 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
1993 notification per every captured device.
1994 </desc>
1995 </method>
1996
1997 <method name="detachAllUSBDevices">
1998 <desc>
1999 Notification that a VM that is being powered down. The done
2000 parameter indicates whether which stage of the power down
2001 we're at. When done = false the VM is announcing its
2002 intentions, while when done = true the VM is reporting
2003 what it has done.
2004 <note>
2005 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2006 and filters of all VMs but this one on all detach devices as
2007 if they were just attached to the host computer.
2008 </note>
2009 </desc>
2010 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2011 </method>
2012
2013 <method name="onSessionEnd">
2014 <desc>
2015 Triggered by the given session object when the session is about
2016 to close normally.
2017 </desc>
2018 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
2019 <desc>Session that is being closed</desc>
2020 </param>
2021 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2022 <desc>
2023 Used to wait until the corresponding machine is actually
2024 deassociated from the given session on the server.
2025 Returned only when this session is a direct one.
2026 </desc>
2027 </param>
2028 </method>
2029
2030 <method name="beginSavingState">
2031 <desc>
2032 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2033 save the current state and stop the VM execution.
2034 </desc>
2035 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2036 <desc>
2037 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2038 the state is saved.
2039 </desc>
2040 </param>
2041 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2042 <desc>
2043 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2044 </desc>
2045 </param>
2046 </method>
2047
2048 <method name="endSavingState">
2049 <desc>
2050 Called by the VM process to inform the server that saving
2051 the state previously requested by #beginSavingState is either
2052 successfully finished or there was a failure.
2053 </desc>
2054
2055 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2056 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2057 </param>
2058 </method>
2059
2060 <method name="adoptSavedState">
2061 <desc>
2062 Gets called by IConsole::adoptSavedState.
2063 </desc>
2064 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
2065 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
2066 </param>
2067 </method>
2068
2069 <method name="beginTakingSnapshot">
2070 <desc>
2071 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2072 take a snapshot.
2073 </desc>
2074 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2075 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2076 </param>
2077 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
2078 <desc>Snapshot name</desc>
2079 </param>
2080 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
2081 <desc>Snapshot description</desc>
2082 </param>
2083 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2084 <desc>
2085 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2086 the state is saved (only for online snapshots).
2087 </desc>
2088 </param>
2089 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2090 <desc>
2091 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2092 </desc>
2093 </param>
2094 <param name="serverProgress" type="IProgress" dir="out">
2095 <desc>
2096 Progress object created by the server process to wait until
2097 the snapshot is taken (VDI diff creation, etc.).
2098 </desc>
2099 </param>
2100 </method>
2101
2102 <method name="endTakingSnapshot">
2103 <desc>
2104 Called by the VM process to inform the server that the snapshot
2105 previously requested by #beginTakingSnapshot is either
2106 successfully taken or there was a failure.
2107 </desc>
2108
2109 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2110 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2111 </param>
2112 </method>
2113
2114 <method name="discardSnapshot">
2115 <desc>
2116 Gets called by IConsole::discardSnapshot.
2117 </desc>
2118 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2119 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2120 </param>
2121 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
2122 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
2123 </param>
2124 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2125 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2126 </param>
2127 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2128 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2129 </param>
2130 </method>
2131
2132 <method name="discardCurrentState">
2133 <desc>
2134 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentState.
2135 </desc>
2136 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2137 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2138 </param>
2139 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2140 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2141 </param>
2142 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2143 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2144 </param>
2145 </method>
2146
2147 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
2148 <desc>
2149 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState.
2150 </desc>
2151 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2152 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2153 </param>
2154 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2155 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2156 </param>
2157 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2158 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2159 </param>
2160 </method>
2161
2162 </interface>
2163
2164 <enum
2165 name="BIOSBootMenuMode"
2166 uuid="ae4fb9f7-29d2-45b4-b2c7-d579603135d5"
2167 >
2168 <desc>
2169 This represents the BIOS boot menu state.
2170 </desc>
2171
2172 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
2173 <const name="MenuOnly" value="1"/>
2174 <const name="MessageAndMenu" value="2"/>
2175 </enum>
2176
2177 <enum
2178 name="IDEControllerType"
2179 uuid="445330e3-202a-4dab-854f-ce22e6cb9715"
2180 >
2181 <const name="InvalidIDEControllerType" value="0"/>
2182 <const name="IDEControllerPIIX3" value="1"/>
2183 <const name="IDEControllerPIIX4" value="2"/>
2184 </enum>
2185
2186 <interface
2187 name="IBIOSSettings" extends="$unknown"
2188 uuid="38b54279-dc35-4f5e-a431-835b867c6b5e"
2189 wsmap="struct"
2190 >
2191 <desc>
2192 The IBIOSSettings interface represents BIOS settings of the virtual
2193 machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::BIOSSettings" />.
2194 </desc>
2195 <attribute name="logoFadeIn" type="boolean">
2196 <desc>Fade in flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2197 </attribute>
2198
2199 <attribute name="logoFadeOut" type="boolean">
2200 <desc>Fade out flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2201 </attribute>
2202
2203 <attribute name="logoDisplayTime" type="unsigned long">
2204 <desc>BIOS logo display time in milliseconds (0 = default).</desc>
2205 </attribute>
2206
2207 <attribute name="logoImagePath" type="wstring">
2208 <desc>Local file system path for external BIOS image.</desc>
2209 </attribute>
2210
2211 <attribute name="bootMenuMode" type="BIOSBootMenuMode">
2212 <desc>Mode of the BIOS boot device menu.</desc>
2213 </attribute>
2214
2215 <attribute name="ACPIEnabled" type="boolean">
2216 <desc>ACPI support flag.</desc>
2217 </attribute>
2218
2219 <attribute name="IOAPICEnabled" type="boolean">
2220 <desc>
2221 IO APIC support flag. If set, VirtualBox will provide an IO APIC
2222 and support IRQs above 15.
2223 </desc>
2224 </attribute>
2225
2226 <attribute name="timeOffset" type="long long">
2227 <desc>
2228 Offset in milliseconds from the host system time. This allows for
2229 guests running with a different system date/time than the host.
2230 It is equivalent to setting the system date/time in the BIOS other
2231 than it's not an absolute value but a relative one. Guest Additions
2232 time synchronization also honors this offset.
2233 </desc>
2234 </attribute>
2235
2236 <attribute name="PXEDebugEnabled" type="boolean">
2237 <desc>
2238 PXE debug logging flag. If set, VirtualBox will write extensive
2239 PXE trace information to the release log.
2240 </desc>
2241 </attribute>
2242
2243 <attribute name="IDEControllerType" type="IDEControllerType">
2244 <desc>
2245 Type of the virtual IDE controller. Depending on this value,
2246 VirtualBox will provide different virtual IDE hardware
2247 devices to the guest.
2248 </desc>
2249 </attribute>
2250
2251 </interface>
2252
2253 <interface
2254 name="IMachine" extends="$unknown"
2255 uuid="2830ce8c-be5b-4660-b8d5-65d913005b4f"
2256 wsmap="managed"
2257 >
2258 <desc>
2259 The IMachine interface represents a virtual machine, or guest, created
2260 in VirtualBox.
2261
2262 This interface is used in two contexts. First of all, a collection of
2263 objects implementing this interface is stored in the
2264 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute which lists all the virtual
2265 machines that are currently registered with this VirtualBox
2266 installation. Also, once a session has been opened for the given virtual
2267 machine (e.g. the virtual machine is running), the machine object
2268 associated with the open session can be queried from the session object;
2269 see <link to="ISession"/> for details.
2270
2271 The main role of this interface is to expose the settings of the virtual
2272 machine and provide methods to change various aspects of the virtual
2273 machine's configuration. For machine objects stored in the
2274 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> collection, all attributes are
2275 read-only unless explicitely stated otherwise in individual attribute
2276 and method descriptions. In order to change a machine setting, a session
2277 for this machine must be opened using one of
2278 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
2279 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
2280 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods. After the
2281 session has been successfully opened, a mutable machine object needs to
2282 be queried from the session object and then the desired settings changes
2283 can be applied to the returned object using IMachine attributes and
2284 methods. See the ISession interface description for more information
2285 about sessions.
2286
2287 Note that the IMachine interface does not provide methods to control
2288 virtual machine execution (such as start the machine, or power it
2289 down) -- these methods are grouped in a separate IConsole
2290 interface. Refer to the IConsole interface description to get more
2291 information about this topic.
2292
2293 <see>ISession, IConsole</see>
2294 </desc>
2295
2296 <attribute name="parent" type="IVirtualBox" readonly="yes">
2297 <desc>Associated parent obect.</desc>
2298 </attribute>
2299
2300 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2301 <desc>
2302 Whether this virtual machine is currently accessible or not.
2303
2304 The machine is considered to be inaccessible when:
2305 <ul>
2306 <li>It is a registered virtual machine, and
2307 </li>
2308 <li>Its settings file is inaccessible (for example, it is
2309 located on a network share that is not accessible during
2310 VirtualBox startup, or becomes inaccessible later, or if
2311 the settings file can be read but is invalid).
2312 </li>
2313 </ul>
2314
2315 Otherwise, the value of this property is always <tt>true</tt>.
2316
2317 Every time this property is read, the accessibility state of
2318 this machine is re-evaluated. If the returned value is |false|,
2319 the <link to="#accessError"/> property may be used to get the
2320 detailed error information describing the reason of
2321 inaccessibility.
2322
2323 When the machine is inaccessible, only the following properties
2324 can be used on it:
2325 <ul>
2326 <li><link to="#parent"/></li>
2327 <li><link to="#id"/></li>
2328 <li><link to="#settingsFilePath"/></li>
2329 <li><link to="#accessible"/></li>
2330 <li><link to="#accessError"/></li>
2331 </ul>
2332
2333 An attempt to access any other property or method will return
2334 an error.
2335
2336 The only possible action you can perform on an inaccessible
2337 machine is to unregister it using the
2338 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/> call (or, to check
2339 for the accessibility state once more by querying this
2340 property).
2341
2342 <note>
2343 In the current implementation, once this property returns
2344 <tt>true</tt>, the machine will never become inaccessible
2345 later, even if its settings file cannot be successfully
2346 read/written any more (at least, until the VirtualBox
2347 server is restarted). This limitation may be removed in
2348 future releases.
2349 </note>
2350 </desc>
2351 </attribute>
2352
2353 <attribute name="accessError" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
2354 <desc>
2355 Error information describing the reason of machine
2356 inaccessibility.
2357
2358 Reading this property is only valid after the last call to
2359 <link to="#accessible"/> returned <tt>false</tt> (i.e. the
2360 machine is currently unaccessible). Otherwise, a null
2361 IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object will be returned.
2362 </desc>
2363 </attribute>
2364
2365 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
2366 <desc>
2367 Name of the virtual machine.
2368
2369 Besides being used for human-readable identification purposes
2370 everywhere in VirtualBox, the virtual machine name is also used
2371 as a name of the machine's settings file and as a name of the
2372 subdirectory this settings file resides in. Thus, every time you
2373 change the value of this property, the settings file will be
2374 renamed once you call <link to="#saveSettings()"/> to confirm the
2375 change. The containing subdirectory will be also renamed, but
2376 only if it has exactly the same name as the settings file
2377 itself prior to changing this property (for backward compatibility
2378 with previous API releases). The above implies the following
2379 limitations:
2380 <ul>
2381 <li>The machine name cannot be empty.</li>
2382 <li>The machine name can contain only characters that are valid
2383 file name characters according to the rules of the file
2384 system used to store VirtualBox configuration.</li>
2385 <li>You cannot have two or more machines with the same name
2386 if they use the same subdirectory for storing the machine
2387 settings files.</li>
2388 <li>You cannot change the name of the machine if it is running,
2389 or if any file in the directory containing the settings file
2390 is being used by another running machine or by any other
2391 process in the host operating system at a time when
2392 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called.
2393 </li>
2394 </ul>
2395 If any of the above limitations are hit, <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2396 will return an appropriate error message explaining the exact
2397 reason and the changes you made to this machine will not be
2398 saved.
2399 <note>
2400 For "legacy" machines created using the
2401 <link to="IVirtualBox::createLegacyMachine()"/> call,
2402 the above naming limitations do not apply because the
2403 machine name does not affect the settings file name.
2404 The settings file name remains the same as it was specified
2405 during machine creation and never changes.
2406 </note>
2407 </desc>
2408 </attribute>
2409
2410 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
2411 <desc>
2412 Description of the virtual machine.
2413
2414 The description attribute can contain any text and is
2415 typically used to describe the hardware and software
2416 configuration of the virtual machine in detail (i.e. network
2417 settings, versions of the installed software and so on).
2418 </desc>
2419 </attribute>
2420
2421 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
2422 <desc>UUID of the virtual machine.</desc>
2423 </attribute>
2424
2425 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring">
2426 <desc>
2427 User-defined identifier of the Guest OS type.
2428 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
2429 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
2430 Guest OS type.
2431 <note>
2432 This value may differ from the value returned by
2433 <link to="IGuest::OSTypeId"/> if Guest Additions are
2434 installed to the guest OS.
2435 </note>
2436 </desc>
2437 </attribute>
2438
2439 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long">
2440 <desc>System memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2441 </attribute>
2442
2443 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
2444 <desc>Initial memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
2445 </attribute>
2446
2447 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
2448 <desc>Initial interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
2449 </attribute>
2450
2451 <attribute name="VRAMSize" type="unsigned long">
2452 <desc>Video memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2453 </attribute>
2454
2455 <attribute name="MonitorCount" type="unsigned long">
2456 <desc>
2457 Number of virtual monitors.
2458 <note>
2459 Only effective on Windows XP and later guests with
2460 Guest Additions installed.
2461 </note>
2462 </desc>
2463 </attribute>
2464
2465 <attribute name="BIOSSettings" type="IBIOSSettings" readonly="yes">
2466 <desc>Object containing all BIOS settings.</desc>
2467 </attribute>
2468
2469 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="TriStateBool">
2470 <desc>
2471 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will try to make use of
2472 the host CPU's hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x
2473 and AMD SVM. Note that in case such extensions are not available,
2474 they will not be used.
2475 </desc>
2476 </attribute>
2477
2478 <attribute name="snapshotFolder" type="wstring">
2479 <desc>
2480 Full path to the directory used to store snapshot data
2481 (difrerencing hard disks and saved state files) of this machine.
2482
2483 The initial value of this property is
2484 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="#settingsFilePath">
2485 path_to_settings_file</link><tt>&gt;/&lt;</tt>
2486 <link to="#id">machine_uuid</link>
2487 <tt>&gt;</tt>.
2488
2489 Currently, it is an error to try to change this property on
2490 a machine that has snapshots (because this would require to
2491 move possibly large files to a different location).
2492 A separate method will be available for this purpose later.
2493
2494 <note>
2495 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
2496 initial value.
2497 </note>
2498 <note>
2499 When setting this property, the specified path can be
2500 absolute (full path) or relative to the directory where the
2501 <link to="#settingsFilePath">machine settings file</link>
2502 is located. When reading this property, a full path is
2503 always returned.
2504 </note>
2505 <note>
2506 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
2507 when necessary.
2508 </note>
2509 </desc>
2510 </attribute>
2511
2512 <attribute name="VRDPServer" type="IVRDPServer" readonly="yes">
2513 <desc>VRDP server object.</desc>
2514 </attribute>
2515
2516 <attribute name="hardDiskAttachments" type="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" readonly="yes">
2517 <desc>Collection of hard disks attached to the machine.</desc>
2518 </attribute>
2519
2520 <attribute name="DVDDrive" type="IDVDDrive" readonly="yes">
2521 <desc>Associated DVD drive object.</desc>
2522 </attribute>
2523
2524 <attribute name="FloppyDrive" type="IFloppyDrive" readonly="yes">
2525 <desc>Associated floppy drive object.</desc>
2526 </attribute>
2527
2528 <attribute name="USBController" type="IUSBController" readonly="yes">
2529 <desc>Associated USB controller object.</desc>
2530 </attribute>
2531
2532 <attribute name="audioAdapter" type="IAudioAdapter" readonly="yes">
2533 <desc>Associated audio adapter, always present.</desc>
2534 </attribute>
2535
2536 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2537 <desc>
2538 Full name of the file containing machine settings data.
2539 </desc>
2540 </attribute>
2541
2542 <attribute name="settingsModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2543 <desc>
2544 Whether the settings of this machine have been modified
2545 (but neither yet saved nor discarded).
2546 <note>
2547 Reading this property is only valid on instances returned
2548 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2549 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or opened
2550 by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2551 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2552 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>. For all other
2553 cases, the settigs can never be modified.
2554 </note>
2555 <note>
2556 For newly created unregistered machines, the value of this
2557 property is always TRUE until <link to="#saveSettings"/>
2558 is called (no matter if any machine settings have been
2559 changed after the creation or not). For opened machines
2560 the value is set to FALSE (and then follows to normal rules).
2561 </note>
2562 </desc>
2563 </attribute>
2564
2565 <attribute name="sessionState" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
2566 <desc>Current session state for this machine.</desc>
2567 </attribute>
2568
2569 <attribute name="sessionType" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2570 <desc>
2571 Type of the session. If <link to="#sessionState"/> is
2572 SessionSpawning or SessionOpen, this attribute contains the
2573 same value as passed to the
2574 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/> method in the @a
2575 type parameter. If the session was opened directly using
2576 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>, or if
2577 <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionClosed, the value of this
2578 attribute is @c null.
2579 </desc>
2580 </attribute>
2581
2582 <attribute name="sessionPid" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2583 <desc>
2584 Identifier of the session process. This attribute contains the
2585 platform-dependent identifier of the process that has opened a
2586 direct session for this machine using the
2587 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> call. The returned value
2588 is only valid if <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionOpen or
2589 SessionClosing (i.e. a session is currently open or being
2590 closed) by the time this property is read.
2591 </desc>
2592 </attribute>
2593
2594 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
2595 <desc>Current execution state of this machine.</desc>
2596 </attribute>
2597
2598 <attribute name="lastStateChange" type="long long" readonly="yes">
2599 <desc>
2600 Time stamp of the last execution state change,
2601 in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
2602 </desc>
2603 </attribute>
2604
2605 <attribute name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2606 <desc>
2607 Full path to the file that stores the execution state of
2608 the machine when it is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/>
2609 state.
2610 <note>
2611 When the machine is not in the Saved state, this attribute
2612 <tt>null</tt>.
2613 </note>
2614 </desc>
2615 </attribute>
2616
2617 <attribute name="logFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2618 <desc>
2619 Full path to the folder that stores a set of rotated log files
2620 recorded during machine execution. The most recent log file is
2621 named <tt>VBox.log</tt>, the previous log file is
2622 named <tt>VBox.log.1</tt> and so on (upto <tt>VBox.log.3</tt>
2623 in the current version).
2624 </desc>
2625 </attribute>
2626
2627 <attribute name="currentSnapshot" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
2628 <desc>
2629 Current snapshot of this machine.
2630 <note>
2631 A <tt>null</tt> object is returned if the machine doesn't
2632 have snapshots.
2633 </note>
2634 <see><link to="ISnapshot"/></see>
2635 </desc>
2636 </attribute>
2637
2638 <attribute name="snapshotCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2639 <desc>
2640 Number of snapshots taken on this machine. Zero means the
2641 machine doesn't have any snapshots.
2642 </desc>
2643 </attribute>
2644
2645 <attribute name="currentStateModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2646 <desc>
2647 Returns <tt>true</tt> if the current state of the machine is not
2648 identical to the state stored in the current snapshot.
2649
2650 The current state is identical to the current snapshot right
2651 after one of the following calls are made:
2652 <ul>
2653 <li><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/> or
2654 <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState"/>
2655 </li>
2656 <li><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/> (issued on a
2657 powered off or saved machine, for which
2658 <link to="#settingsModified"/> returns <tt>false</tt>)
2659 </li>
2660 <li><link to="IMachine::setCurrentSnapshot"/>
2661 </li>
2662 </ul>
2663
2664 The current state remains identical until one of the following
2665 happens:
2666 <ul>
2667 <li>settings of the machine are changed</li>
2668 <li>the saved state is discarded</li>
2669 <li>the current snapshot is discarded</li>
2670 <li>an attempt to execute the machine is made</li>
2671 </ul>
2672
2673 <note>
2674 For machines that don't have snapshots, this property is
2675 always <tt>false</tt>.
2676 </note>
2677 </desc>
2678 </attribute>
2679
2680 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
2681 <desc>
2682 Collection of shared folders for this machine (permanent shared
2683 folders). These folders are shared automatically at machine startup
2684 and available only to the guest OS installed within this machine.
2685
2686 New shared folders are added to the collection using
2687 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
2688 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
2689 </desc>
2690 </attribute>
2691
2692 <attribute name="clipboardMode" type="ClipboardMode">
2693 <desc>
2694 Synchronization mode between the host OS clipboard
2695 and the guest OS clipboard.
2696 </desc>
2697 </attribute>
2698
2699 <method name="setBootOrder">
2700 <desc>
2701 Puts the given device to the specified position in
2702 the boot order.
2703
2704 To indicate that no device is associated with the given position,
2705 <link to="DeviceType::NoDevice"/> should be used.
2706
2707 @todo setHardDiskBootOrder(), setNetworkBootOrder()
2708 </desc>
2709 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2710 <desc>
2711 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
2712 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
2713 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
2714 </desc>
2715 </param>
2716 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
2717 <desc>
2718 The type of the device used to boot at the given position.
2719 </desc>
2720 </param>
2721 </method>
2722
2723 <method name="getBootOrder" const="yes">
2724 <desc>
2725 Returns the device type that occupies the specified
2726 position in the boot order.
2727
2728 @todo [remove?]
2729 If the machine can have more than one device of the returned type
2730 (such as hard disks), then a separate method should be used to
2731 retrieve the individual device that occupies the given position.
2732
2733 If here are no devices at the given position, then
2734 <link to="DeviceType::NoDevice"/> is returned.
2735
2736 @todo getHardDiskBootOrder(), getNetworkBootOrder()
2737 </desc>
2738 <param name="order" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2739 <desc>
2740 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
2741 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
2742 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
2743 </desc>
2744 </param>
2745 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="return">
2746 <desc>
2747 Device at the given position.
2748 </desc>
2749 </param>
2750 </method>
2751
2752 <method name="attachHardDisk">
2753 <desc>
2754
2755 Attaches a virtual hard disk identified by the given UUID to the
2756 given device slot of the given controller. The specified device
2757 must not have another disk attached and the given hard disk must
2758 not be already attached to this machine.
2759
2760 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
2761 attaching hard disks.
2762
2763 <note>You cannot attach a hard disk to a running machine. Also,
2764 you cannot attach a hard disk to a newly created machine until
2765 it is registered.</note>
2766
2767 <note>Attaching a hard disk to a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
2768 attachment. In particular, no differeincing images are
2769 actually created until <link to="#saveSettings"/> is called to
2770 commit all changed settings.</note>
2771
2772 </desc>
2773 <param name="diskID" type="uuid" dir="in">
2774 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to attach.</desc>
2775 </param>
2776 <param name="controller" type="DiskControllerType" dir="in">
2777 <desc>Controller to attach the hard disk to.</desc>
2778 </param>
2779 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
2780 <desc>Device slot to attach the hard disk to.</desc>
2781 </param>
2782 </method>
2783
2784 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
2785 <desc>
2786 Returns the hard disk attached to the
2787 given controller under the specified device number.
2788 </desc>
2789 <param name="controller" type="DiskControllerType" dir="in"/>
2790 <param name="deviceNumber" type="long" dir="in"/>
2791 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return"/>
2792 </method>
2793
2794 <method name="detachHardDisk">
2795 <desc>
2796
2797 Detaches the hard disk drive attached to the given device slot
2798 of the given controller.
2799
2800 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
2801 attaching hard disks.
2802
2803 <note>You cannot detach a hard disk from a running
2804 machine.</note>
2805
2806 <note>
2807 Detaching a hard disk from a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
2808 detachment. In particular, if the detached hard disk is a
2809 differencing hard disk, it is not actually deleted until
2810 <link to="#saveSettings"/> is called to commit all changed settings.
2811 Keep in mind, that doing <link to="#saveSettings"/> will
2812 <b>physically delete</b> all detached differencing hard disks,
2813 so be careful.
2814 </note>
2815
2816 </desc>
2817 <param name="controller" type="DiskControllerType" dir="in">
2818 <desc>Controller to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
2819 </param>
2820 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
2821 <desc>Device slot to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
2822 </param>
2823 </method>
2824
2825 <method name="getNetworkAdapter" const="yes">
2826 <desc>
2827 Returns the network adapter associated with the given slot.
2828 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
2829 number of adapters per every machine is defined by the
2830 <link to="ISystemProperties::networkAdapterCount"/> property,
2831 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
2832 </desc>
2833 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
2834 <param name="adapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="return"/>
2835 </method>
2836
2837 <method name="getSerialPort" const="yes">
2838 <desc>
2839 Returns the serial port associated with the given slot.
2840 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
2841 number of serial ports per every machine is defined by the
2842 <link to="ISystemProperties::serialPortCount"/> property,
2843 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
2844 </desc>
2845 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
2846 <param name="port" type="ISerialPort" dir="return"/>
2847 </method>
2848
2849 <method name="getParallelPort" const="yes">
2850 <desc>
2851 Returns the parallel port associated with the given slot.
2852 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
2853 number of parallel ports per every machine is defined by the
2854 <link to="ISystemProperties::parallelPortCount"/> property,
2855 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
2856 </desc>
2857 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
2858 <param name="port" type="IParallelPort" dir="return"/>
2859 </method>
2860
2861 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
2862 <desc>
2863 Returns the machine-specific extra data key name following the
2864 supplied key.
2865
2866 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
2867 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
2868 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
2869 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
2870 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
2871 </desc>
2872 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
2873 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
2874 </param>
2875 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
2876 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
2877 </param>
2878 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
2879 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
2880 </param>
2881 </method>
2882
2883 <method name="getExtraData">
2884 <desc>
2885 Returns associated machine-specific extra data.
2886
2887 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
2888 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
2889 </desc>
2890 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
2891 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
2892 </param>
2893 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
2894 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
2895 </param>
2896 </method>
2897
2898 <method name="setExtraData">
2899 <desc>
2900 Sets associated machine-specific extra data.
2901
2902 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
2903 deleted.
2904
2905 <note>
2906 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
2907 registered callbacks using the
2908 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
2909 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
2910 new value, the change will not be performed.
2911 </note>
2912 <note>
2913 On success, the
2914 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
2915 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
2916 change.
2917 </note>
2918 <note>
2919 This method can be called outside the machine session and therefore
2920 it's a caller's responsibility to handle possible race conditions
2921 when several clients change the same key at the same time.
2922 </note>
2923 </desc>
2924 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
2925 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
2926 </param>
2927 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
2928 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
2929 </param>
2930 </method>
2931
2932 <method name="saveSettings">
2933 <desc>
2934 Saves any changes to machine settings made since the session
2935 has been opened or a new machine has been created, or since the
2936 last call to <link to="#saveSettings"/> or <link to="#discardSettings"/>.
2937 For registered machines, new settings become visible to all
2938 other VirtualBox clients after successful invocation of this
2939 method.
2940 <note>
2941 The method sends <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineDataChange"/>
2942 notification event after the configuration has been successfully
2943 saved (only for registered machines).
2944 </note>
2945 <note>
2946 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
2947 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2948 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> but not
2949 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2950 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
2951 </note>
2952 </desc>
2953 </method>
2954
2955 <method name="discardSettings">
2956 <desc>
2957 Discards any changes to the machine settings made since the session
2958 has been opened or since the last call to <link to="#saveSettings"/>
2959 or <link to="#discardSettings"/>.
2960 <note>
2961 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
2962 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2963 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
2964 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2965 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2966 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
2967 </note>
2968 </desc>
2969 </method>
2970
2971 <method name="deleteSettings">
2972 <desc>
2973 Deletes the settings file of this machine from disk.
2974 The machine must not be registered in order for this operation
2975 to succeed.
2976 <note>
2977 <link to="#settingsModified"/> will return TRUE after this
2978 method successfully returns.
2979 </note>
2980 <note>
2981 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
2982 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2983 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
2984 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2985 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2986 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
2987 </note>
2988 <note>
2989 The deleted machine settings file can be restored (saved again)
2990 by calling <link to="#saveSettings"/>.
2991 </note>
2992 </desc>
2993 </method>
2994
2995 <method name="getSnapshot">
2996 <desc>
2997 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given UUID.
2998 A <tt>null</tt> UUID can be used to obtain the first snapshot
2999 taken on this machine. This is useful if you want to traverse
3000 the whole tree of snapshots starting from the root.
3001 </desc>
3002 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3003 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to get</desc>
3004 </param>
3005 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3006 <desc>Snapshot object with the given UUID.</desc>
3007 </param>
3008 </method>
3009
3010 <method name="findSnapshot">
3011 <desc>
3012 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given name.
3013 </desc>
3014 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3015 <desc>Name of the snapshot to find</desc>
3016 </param>
3017 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3018 <desc>Snapshot object with the given name.</desc>
3019 </param>
3020 </method>
3021
3022 <method name="setCurrentSnapshot">
3023 <desc>
3024 Sets the current snapshot of this machine.
3025 <note>
3026 In the current implementation, this operation is not
3027 implemented.
3028 </note>
3029 </desc>
3030 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3031 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to set as the current snapshot.</desc>
3032 </param>
3033 </method>
3034
3035 <method name="createSharedFolder">
3036 <desc>
3037 Creates a new permanent shared folder by associating the given logical
3038 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
3039 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
3040 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
3041 </desc>
3042 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3043 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
3044 </param>
3045 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
3046 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
3047 </param>
3048 </method>
3049
3050 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
3051 <desc>
3052 Removes the permanent shared folder with the given name previously
3053 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
3054 shared folders and stops sharing it.
3055 </desc>
3056 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3057 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
3058 </param>
3059 </method>
3060
3061 <method name="canShowConsoleWindow">
3062 <desc>
3063 Returns @c true if the VM console process can activate the
3064 console window and bring it to foreground on the desktop of
3065 the host PC.
3066 <note>
3067 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3068 currently open.
3069 </note>
3070 </desc>
3071 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3072 <desc>
3073 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3074 false otherwise.
3075 </desc>
3076 </param>
3077 </method>
3078
3079 <method name="showConsoleWindow">
3080 <desc>
3081 Activates the console window and brings it to foreground on
3082 the desktop of the host PC. Many modern window managers on
3083 many platforms implement some sort of focus stealing
3084 prevention logic, so that it may be impossible to activate
3085 a window without the help of the currently active
3086 application. In this case, this method will return a non-zero
3087 identifier that represents the top-level window of the VM
3088 console process. The caller, if it represents a currently
3089 active process, is responsible to use this identifier (in a
3090 platform-dependent manner) to perform actual window
3091 activation.
3092 <note>
3093 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3094 currently open.
3095 </note>
3096 </desc>
3097 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3098 <desc>
3099 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3100 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3101 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3102 the given platform and/or VirtualBox front-end.
3103 </desc>
3104 </param>
3105 </method>
3106
3107 </interface>
3108
3109 <!--
3110 // IConsole
3111 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3112 -->
3113
3114 <interface
3115 name="IConsoleCallback" extends="$unknown"
3116 uuid="13dfbef3-b74d-487d-bada-2304529aefa6"
3117 wsmap="suppress"
3118 >
3119
3120 <method name="onMousePointerShapeChange">
3121 <desc>
3122 Notification when the guest mouse pointer shape has
3123 changed. The new shape data is given.
3124 </desc>
3125 <param name="visible" type="boolean" dir="in">
3126 <desc>
3127 Flag whether the pointer is visible.
3128 </desc>
3129 </param>
3130 <param name="alpha" type="boolean" dir="in">
3131 <desc>
3132 Flag whether the pointer has an alpha channel.
3133 </desc>
3134 </param>
3135 <param name="xHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3136 <desc>
3137 The pointer hot spot x coordinate.
3138 </desc>
3139 </param>
3140 <param name="yHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3141 <desc>
3142 The pointer hot spot y coordinate.
3143 </desc>
3144 </param>
3145 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3146 <desc>
3147 Width of the pointer shape in pixels.
3148 </desc>
3149 </param>
3150 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3151 <desc>
3152 Height of the pointer shape in pixels.
3153 </desc>
3154 </param>
3155 <param name="shape" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
3156 <desc>
3157 Address of the shape buffer.
3158
3159 The buffer contains 1 bpp (bits per pixel) AND mask followed by 32 bpp XOR (color) mask.
3160
3161 For pointers without alpha channel the XOR mask pixels are 32 bit values: (lsb)BGR0(msb).
3162 For pointers with alpha channel the XOR mask consists of (lsb)BGRA(msb) 32 bit values.
3163
3164 AND mask presents for pointers with alpha channel, so if the callback does not
3165 support alpha, the pointer could be displayed as a normal color pointer.
3166
3167 The AND mask is 1 bpp bitmap with byte aligned scanlines. Size of AND mask,
3168 therefore, is <tt>cbAnd = (width + 7) / 8 * height</tt>. The padding bits at the
3169 end of any scanline are undefined.
3170
3171 The XOR mask follows the AND mask on the next 4 bytes aligned offset:
3172 <tt>uint8_t *pXor = pAnd + (cbAnd + 3) &amp; ~3</tt>
3173 Bytes in the gap between the AND and the XOR mask are undefined.
3174 XOR mask scanlines have no gap between them and size of XOR mask is:
3175 <tt>cXor = width * 4 * height</tt>.
3176
3177 <note>
3178 If 'shape' is equal to 0, only pointer visibility is being changed.
3179 </note>
3180 </desc>
3181 </param>
3182 </method>
3183
3184 <method name="onMouseCapabilityChange">
3185 <desc>
3186 Notification when the mouse capabilities reported by the
3187 guest have changed. The new capabilities are passed.
3188 </desc>
3189 <param name="supportsAbsolute" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3190 <param name="needsHostCursor" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3191 </method>
3192
3193 <method name="onKeyboardLedsChange">
3194 <desc>
3195 Notification when the guest OS executes the KBD_CMD_SET_LEDS command
3196 to alter the state of the keyboard LEDs.
3197 </desc>
3198 <param name="numLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3199 <param name="capsLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3200 <param name="scrollLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3201 </method>
3202
3203 <method name="onStateChange">
3204 <desc>
3205 Notification when the execution state of the machine has changed.
3206 The new state will be given.
3207 </desc>
3208 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
3209 </method>
3210
3211 <method name="onAdditionsStateChange">
3212 <desc>
3213 Notification when a Guest Additions property changes.
3214 Interested callees should query IGuest attributes to
3215 find out what has changed.
3216 </desc>
3217 </method>
3218
3219 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
3220 <desc>
3221 Notification when a property of the
3222 virtual <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive">DVD drive</link> changes.
3223 Interested callees should use IDVDDrive methods to find out what has
3224 changed.
3225 </desc>
3226 </method>
3227
3228 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
3229 <desc>
3230 Notification when a property of the
3231 virtual <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive">floppy drive</link> changes.
3232 Interested callees should use IFloppyDrive methods to find out what
3233 has changed.
3234 </desc>
3235 </method>
3236
3237 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
3238 <desc>
3239 Notification when a property of one of the
3240 virtual <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter">network adapters</link>
3241 changes. Interested callees should use INetworkAdapter methods and
3242 attributes to find out what has changed.
3243 </desc>
3244 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in">
3245 <desc>Network adapter that is subject to change.</desc>
3246 </param>
3247 </method>
3248
3249 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
3250 <desc>
3251 Notification when a property of one of the
3252 virtual <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort">serial ports</link> changes.
3253 Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and attributes
3254 to find out what has changed.
3255 </desc>
3256 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in">
3257 <desc>Serial port that is subject to change.</desc>
3258 </param>
3259 </method>
3260
3261 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
3262 <desc>
3263 Notification when a property of one of the
3264 virtual <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort">parallel ports</link>
3265 changes. Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and
3266 attributes to find out what has changed.
3267 </desc>
3268 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in">
3269 <desc>Parallel port that is subject to change.</desc>
3270 </param>
3271 </method>
3272
3273 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
3274 <desc>
3275 Notification when a property of the
3276 <link to="IMachine::VRDPServer">VRDP server</link> changes.
3277 Interested callees should use IVRDPServer methods and attributes to
3278 find out what has changed.
3279 </desc>
3280 </method>
3281
3282 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
3283 <desc>
3284 Notification when a property of the virtual
3285 <link to="IMachine::USBController">USB controller</link> changes.
3286 Interested callees should use IUSBController methods and attributes to
3287 find out what has changed.
3288 </desc>
3289 </method>
3290
3291 <method name="onUSBDeviceStateChange">
3292 <desc>
3293 Notification when a USB device is attached to or detached from
3294 the virtual USB controller.
3295
3296 This notification is sent as a result of the indirect
3297 request to attach the device because it matches one of the
3298 machine USB filters, or as a result of the direct request
3299 issued by <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/> or
3300 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>.
3301
3302 This notification is sent in case of both a succeeded and a
3303 failed request completion. When the request succeeds, the @a
3304 error parameter is @c null, and the given device has been
3305 already added to (when @a attached is @c true) or removed from
3306 (when @a attached is @c false) the collection represented by
3307 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/>. On failure, the collection
3308 doesn't change and the @a error perameter represents the error
3309 message describing the failure.
3310
3311 </desc>
3312 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in">
3313 <desc>Device that is subject to state change.</desc>
3314 </param>
3315 <param name="attached" type="boolean" dir="in">
3316 <desc>
3317 <tt>true</tt> if the device was attached
3318 and <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
3319 </desc>
3320 </param>
3321 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in">
3322 <desc>
3323 <tt>null</tt> on success or an error message object on
3324 failure.
3325 </desc>
3326 </param>
3327 </method>
3328
3329 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
3330 <desc>
3331 Notification when a shared folder is added or removed.
3332 The @a scope argument defines one of three scopes:
3333 <link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders">global shared folders</link>
3334 (<link to="Scope::GlobalScope">GlobalScope</link>),
3335 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders">permanent shared folders</link> of
3336 the machine (<link to="Scope::MachineScope">MachineScope</link>)
3337 or <link to="IConsole::sharedFolders">transient shared folders</link>
3338 of the machine
3339 (<link to="Scope::SessionScope">SessionScope</link>). Interested
3340 callees should use query the corresponding collections to find out
3341 what has changed.
3342 </desc>
3343 <param name="scope" type="Scope" dir="in">
3344 <desc>Sope of the notification.</desc>
3345 </param>
3346 </method>
3347
3348 <method name="onRuntimeError">
3349 <desc>
3350 Notification when an error happens during the virtual
3351 machine execution.
3352
3353 There are three kinds of runtime errors:
3354 <ul>
3355 <li><i>fatal</i></li>
3356 <li><i>non-fatal with retry</i></li>
3357 <li><i>non-fatal warnings</i></li>
3358 </ul>
3359
3360 <b>Fatal</b> errors are indicated by the @a fatal parameter set
3361 to <tt>true</tt>. In case of fatal errors, the virtual machine
3362 execution is always paused before calling this notification, and
3363 the notification handler is supposed either to immediately save
3364 the virtual machine state using <link to="IConsole::saveState()"/>
3365 or power it off using <link to="IConsole::powerDown()"/>.
3366 Resuming the execution can lead to unpredictable results.
3367
3368 <b>Non-fatal</b> errors and warnings are indicated by the
3369 @a fatal parameter set to <tt>false</tt>. If the virtual machine
3370 is in the Paused state by the time the error notification is
3371 received, it means that the user can <i>try to resume</i> the machine
3372 execution after attempting to solve the probem that caused the
3373 error. In this case, the notification handler is supposed
3374 to show an appropriate message to the user (depending on the
3375 value of the @a id parameter) that offers several actions such
3376 as <i>Retry</i>, <i>Save</i> or <i>Power Off</i>. If the user
3377 wants to retry, the notification handler should continue
3378 the machine execution using the <link to="IConsole::resume()"/>
3379 call. If the machine execution is not Paused during this
3380 notification, then it means this notification is a <i>warning</i>
3381 (for example, about a fatal condition that can happen very soon);
3382 no immediate action is required from the user, the machine
3383 continues its normal execution.
3384
3385 Note that in either case the notification handler
3386 <b>must not</b> perform any action directly on a thread
3387 where this notification is called. Everything it is allowed to
3388 do is to post a message to another thread that will then talk
3389 to the user and take the corresponding action.
3390
3391 Currently, the following error identificators are known:
3392 <ul>
3393 <li><tt>"HostMemoryLow"</tt></li>
3394 <li><tt>"HostAudioNotResponding"</tt></li>
3395 <li><tt>"VDIStorageFull"</tt></li>
3396 </ul>
3397
3398 <note>
3399 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3400 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3401 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3402 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3403 return @c S_OK from all but one of them that does actual
3404 user notification and performs necessary actions.
3405 </note>
3406
3407 </desc>
3408 <param name="fatal" type="boolean" dir="in">
3409 <desc>Whether the error is fatal or not</desc>
3410 </param>
3411 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in">
3412 <desc>Error identificator</desc>
3413 </param>
3414 <param name="message" type="wstring" dir="in">
3415 <desc>Optional error message</desc>
3416 </param>
3417 </method>
3418
3419 <method name="onCanShowWindow">
3420 <desc>
3421 Notification when a call to
3422 <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> is made by a
3423 front-end to check if a subsequent call to
3424 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> can succeed.
3425
3426 The callee should give an answer appropriate to the current
3427 machine state in the @a canShow argument. This answer must
3428 remain valid at least until the next
3429 <link to="IConsole::state">machine state</link> change.
3430
3431 <note>
3432 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3433 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3434 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3435 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3436 return @c true and @c S_OK from all but one of them that
3437 actually manages console window activation.
3438 </note>
3439 </desc>
3440 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3441 <desc>
3442 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3443 false otherwise.
3444 </desc>
3445 </param>
3446 </method>
3447
3448 <method name="onShowWindow">
3449 <desc>
3450 Notification when a call to
3451 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/>
3452 requests the console window to be activated and brought to
3453 foreground on the desktop of the host PC.
3454
3455 This notification should cause the VM console process to
3456 perform the requested action as described above. If it is
3457 impossible to do it at a time of this notification, this
3458 method should return a failure.
3459
3460 Note that many modern window managers on many platforms
3461 implement some sort of focus stealing prevention logic, so
3462 that it may be impossible to activate a window without the
3463 help of the currently active application (which is supposedly
3464 an initiator of this notification). In this case, this method
3465 must return a non-zero identifier that represents the
3466 top-level window of the VM console process. The caller, if it
3467 represents a currently active process, is responsible to use
3468 this identifier (in a platform-dependent manner) to perform
3469 actual window activation.
3470
3471 This method must set @a winId to zero if it has performed all
3472 actions necessary to complete the request and the console
3473 window is now active and in foreground, to indicate that no
3474 further action is required on the caller's side.
3475
3476 <note>
3477 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3478 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3479 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3480 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3481 return@c S_OK from all but one of them that actually
3482 manages console window activation.
3483 </note>
3484 </desc>
3485 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3486 <desc>
3487 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3488 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3489 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3490 the given platform and/or this VirtualBox front-end.
3491 </desc>
3492 </param>
3493 </method>
3494
3495 </interface>
3496
3497 <interface
3498 name="IRemoteDisplayInfo" extends="$unknown"
3499 uuid="550104cd-2dfd-4a6c-857d-f6f8e088e62c"
3500 wsmap="struct"
3501 >
3502 <attribute name="active" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
3503 <desc>
3504 Whether the remote display connection is active.
3505 </desc>
3506 </attribute>
3507
3508 <attribute name="numberOfClients" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3509 <desc>
3510 How many times a client connected.
3511 </desc>
3512 </attribute>
3513
3514 <attribute name="beginTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3515 <desc>
3516 When the last connection was established, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3517 </desc>
3518 </attribute>
3519
3520 <attribute name="endTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3521 <desc>
3522 When the last connection was terminated or the current time, if
3523 connection is still active, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3524 </desc>
3525 </attribute>
3526
3527 <attribute name="bytesSent" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3528 <desc>
3529 How many bytes were sent in last or current, if still active, connection.
3530 </desc>
3531 </attribute>
3532
3533 <attribute name="bytesSentTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3534 <desc>
3535 How many bytes were sent in all connections.
3536 </desc>
3537 </attribute>
3538
3539 <attribute name="bytesReceived" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3540 <desc>
3541 How many bytes were received in last or current, if still active, connection.
3542 </desc>
3543 </attribute>
3544
3545 <attribute name="bytesReceivedTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3546 <desc>
3547 How many bytes were received in all connections.
3548 </desc>
3549 </attribute>
3550
3551 <attribute name="user" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3552 <desc>
3553 Login user name supplied by the client.
3554 </desc>
3555 </attribute>
3556
3557 <attribute name="domain" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3558 <desc>
3559 Login domain name supplied by the client.
3560 </desc>
3561 </attribute>
3562
3563 <attribute name="clientName" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3564 <desc>
3565 The client name supplied by the client.
3566 </desc>
3567 </attribute>
3568
3569 <attribute name="clientIP" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3570 <desc>
3571 The IP address of the client.
3572 </desc>
3573 </attribute>
3574
3575 <attribute name="clientVersion" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3576 <desc>
3577 The client software version number.
3578 </desc>
3579 </attribute>
3580
3581 <attribute name="encryptionStyle" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3582 <desc>
3583 Public key exchange method used when connection was established.
3584 Values: 0 - RDP4 public key exchange scheme.
3585 1 - X509 sertificates were sent to client.
3586 </desc>
3587 </attribute>
3588
3589 </interface>
3590
3591 <interface
3592 name="IConsole" extends="$unknown"
3593 uuid="d5a1cbda-f5d7-4824-9afe-d640c94c7dcf"
3594 wsmap="managed"
3595 >
3596 <desc>
3597 The IConsole interface represents an interface to control virtual
3598 machine execution.
3599
3600 The console object that implements the IConsole interface is obtained
3601 from a session object after the session for the given machine has been
3602 opened using one of <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
3603 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
3604 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods.
3605
3606 Methods of the IConsole interface allow the caller to query the current
3607 virtual machine execution state, pause the machine or power it down, save
3608 the machine state or take a snapshot, attach and detach removable media
3609 and so on.
3610
3611 <see>ISession</see>
3612 </desc>
3613
3614 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
3615 <desc>
3616 Machine object this console is sessioned with.
3617 <note>
3618 This is a convenience property, it has the same value as
3619 <link to="ISession::machine"/> of the corresponding session
3620 object.
3621 </note>
3622 </desc>
3623 </attribute>
3624
3625 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
3626 <desc>
3627 Current execution state of the machine.
3628 <note>
3629 This property always returns the same value as the corresponding
3630 property of the IMachine object this console is sessioned with.
3631 For the process that owns (executes) the VM, this is the
3632 preferable way of querying the VM state, because no IPC
3633 calls are made.
3634 </note>
3635 </desc>
3636 </attribute>
3637
3638 <attribute name="guest" type="IGuest" readonly="yes">
3639 <desc>Guest object.</desc>
3640 </attribute>
3641
3642 <attribute name="keyboard" type="IKeyboard" readonly="yes">
3643 <desc>
3644 Virtual keyboard object.
3645 <note>
3646 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
3647 the returned object will result in an error.
3648 </note>
3649 </desc>
3650 </attribute>
3651
3652 <attribute name="mouse" type="IMouse" readonly="yes">
3653 <desc>
3654 Virtual mouse object.
3655 <note>
3656 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
3657 the returned object will result in an error.
3658 </note>
3659 </desc>
3660 </attribute>
3661
3662 <attribute name="display" type="IDisplay" readonly="yes">
3663 <desc>Virtual display object.
3664 <note>
3665 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
3666 the returned object will result in an error.
3667 </note>
3668 </desc>
3669 </attribute>
3670
3671 <attribute name="debugger" type="IMachineDebugger" readonly="yes">
3672 <desc>Debugging interface.</desc>
3673 </attribute>
3674
3675 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
3676 <desc>
3677 Collection of USB devices currently attached to the virtual
3678 USB controller.
3679 <note>
3680 The collection is empty if the machine is not running.
3681 </note>
3682 </desc>
3683 </attribute>
3684
3685 <attribute name="remoteUSBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
3686 <desc>
3687 List of USB devices currently attached to the remote VRDP client.
3688 Once a new device is physically attached to the remote host computer,
3689 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
3690 </desc>
3691 </attribute>
3692
3693 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
3694 <desc>
3695 Collection of shared folders for the current session. These folders
3696 are called transient shared folders because they are available to the
3697 guest OS running inside the associated virtual machine only for the
3698 duration of the session (as opposed to
3699 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/> which represent permanent shared
3700 folders). When the session is closed (e.g. the machine is powered down),
3701 these folders are automatically discarded.
3702
3703 New shared folders are added to the collection using
3704 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
3705 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
3706 </desc>
3707 </attribute>
3708
3709 <attribute name="remoteDisplayInfo" type="IRemoteDisplayInfo" readonly="yes">
3710 <desc>
3711 Interface that provides information on Remote Display (VRDP) connection.
3712 </desc>
3713 </attribute>
3714
3715 <method name="powerUp">
3716 <desc>
3717 Starts the virtual machine execution using the current machine
3718 state (i.e. its current execution state, current settings and
3719 current hard disks).
3720
3721 If the machine is powered off or aborted, the execution will
3722 start from the beginning (as if the real hardware were just
3723 powered on).
3724
3725 If the machine is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/> state,
3726 it will continue its execution the point where the state has
3727 beem saved.
3728
3729 <see>#saveState</see>
3730 </desc>
3731 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
3732 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
3733 </param>
3734 </method>
3735
3736 <method name="powerDown">
3737 <desc>
3738 Stops the virtual machine execution.
3739 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
3740 PoweredOff state.
3741 </desc>
3742 </method>
3743
3744 <method name="reset">
3745 <desc>Resets the virtual machine.</desc>
3746 </method>
3747
3748 <method name="pause">
3749 <desc>Pauses the virtual machine execution.</desc>
3750 </method>
3751
3752 <method name="resume">
3753 <desc>Resumes the virtual machine execution.</desc>
3754 </method>
3755
3756 <method name="powerButton">
3757 <desc>Send the ACPI power button event to the guest.</desc>
3758 </method>
3759
3760 <method name="saveState">
3761 <desc>
3762 Saves the current execution state of a running virtual machine
3763 and stops its executiuon.
3764
3765 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
3766 Saved state. Next time it is powered up, this state will
3767 be restored and the machine will continue its execution from
3768 the place where it was saved.
3769
3770 This operation differs from taking a snapshot to the effect
3771 that it doesn't create new differencing hard disks. Also, once
3772 the machine is powered up from the state saved using this method,
3773 the saved state is deleted, so it will be impossible to return
3774 to this state later.
3775
3776 <note>
3777 On success, this method implicitly calls
3778 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to save all current machine
3779 settings (including runtime changes to the DVD drive, etc.).
3780 Together with the impossibility to change any VM settings when it is
3781 in the Saved state, this guarantees the adequate hardware
3782 configuration of the machine when it is restored from the saved
3783 state file.
3784 </note>
3785
3786 <note>
3787 The machine must be in the Running or Paused state, otherwise
3788 the operation will fail.
3789 </note>
3790
3791 <see><link to="#takeSnapshot"/></see>
3792 </desc>
3793 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
3794 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
3795 </param>
3796 </method>
3797
3798 <method name="adoptSavedState">
3799 <desc>
3800 Associates the given saved state file to the virtual machine.
3801
3802 On success, the machine will go to the Saved state. Next time it is
3803 powered up, it will be restored from the adopted saved state and
3804 continue execution from the place where the saved state file was
3805 created.
3806
3807 The specified saved state file path may be full or relative to the
3808 folder the VM normally saves the state to (usually,
3809 <link to="IMachine::snapshotFolder"/>).
3810
3811 <note>
3812 It's a caller's responsibility to make sure the given saved state
3813 file is compatible with the settings of this virtual machine that
3814 represent its virtual hardware (memory size, hard disk configuration
3815 etc.). If there is a mismatch, the behavior of the virtual machine
3816 is undefined.
3817 </note>
3818 </desc>
3819 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
3820 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
3821 </param>
3822 </method>
3823
3824 <method name="discardSavedState">
3825 <desc>
3826 Discards (deletes) the saved state of the virtual machine
3827 previously created by <link to="#saveState"/>. Next time the
3828 machine is powered up, a clean boot will occur.
3829 <note>
3830 This operation is equivalent to resetting or powering off
3831 the machine without doing a proper shutdown in the guest OS.
3832 </note>
3833 </desc>
3834 </method>
3835
3836 <method name="getDeviceActivity">
3837 <desc>
3838 Gets the current activity type of a given device or device group.
3839 </desc>
3840 <param name="type" type="DeviceType" dir="in"/>
3841 <param name="activity" type="DeviceActivity" dir="return"/>
3842 </method>
3843
3844 <method name="attachUSBDevice">
3845 <desc>
3846 Attaches a host USB device with the given UUID to the
3847 USB controller of the virtual machine.
3848
3849 The device needs to be in one of the following states:
3850 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceBusy">USBDeviceBusy</link>,
3851 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceAvailable">USBDeviceAvailable</link> or
3852 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceHeld">USBDeviceHeld</link>,
3853 otherwise an error is immediately returned.
3854
3855 When the device state is
3856 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceBusy">USBDeviceBusy</link>,
3857 an error may also be returned if the host computer
3858 refuses to release it for some reason.
3859
3860 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
3861 </desc>
3862 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3863 <desc>UUID of the host USB device to attach.</desc>
3864 </param>
3865 </method>
3866
3867 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
3868 <desc>
3869 Detaches an USB device with the given UUID from the USB controller
3870 oif the virtual machine.
3871
3872 After this method succeeds, the VirtualBox server reinitiates
3873 all USB filters as if the device were just physically attached
3874 to the host, but filters of this machine are ignored to avoid
3875 a possible automatic reattachment.
3876
3877 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
3878 </desc>
3879 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3880 <desc>UUID of the USB device to detach.</desc>
3881 </param>
3882 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
3883 <desc>Detached USB device.</desc>
3884 </param>
3885 </method>
3886
3887 <method name="createSharedFolder">
3888 <desc>
3889 Creates a transient new shared folder by associating the given logical
3890 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
3891 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
3892 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
3893 </desc>
3894 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3895 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
3896 </param>
3897 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
3898 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
3899 </param>
3900 </method>
3901
3902 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
3903 <desc>
3904 Removes a transient shared folder with the given name previously
3905 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
3906 shared folders and stops sharing it.
3907 </desc>
3908 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3909 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
3910 </param>
3911 </method>
3912
3913 <method name="takeSnapshot">
3914 <desc>
3915 Saves the current execution state and all settings of the
3916 machine and creates differencing images for all
3917 normal (non-independent) hard disks.
3918
3919 This method can be called for a PoweredOff, Saved, Running or
3920 Paused virtual machine. When the machine is PoweredOff, an
3921 offline <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> is created,
3922 in all other cases -- an online snapshot.
3923
3924 The taken snapshot is always based on the
3925 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">current
3926 snapshot</link> of the associated virtual machine and becomes
3927 a new current snapshot.
3928
3929 <note>
3930 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to
3931 save all current machine settings before taking an offline snapshot.
3932 </note>
3933
3934 <see>ISnapshot, <link to="#saveState"/></see>
3935 </desc>
3936 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3937 <desc>Short name for the snapshot.</desc>
3938 </param>
3939 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
3940 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
3941 </param>
3942 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
3943 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
3944 </param>
3945 </method>
3946
3947 <method name="discardSnapshot">
3948 <desc>
3949
3950 Starts discarding the specified snapshot. The execution state
3951 and settings of the associated machine stored in the snapshot
3952 will be deleted. The contents of all differencing hard disks of
3953 this snapshot will be merged with the contents of their
3954 dependent child hard disks to keep the, disks valid (in other
3955 words, all changes represented by hard disks being discarded
3956 will be propagated to their child hard disks). After that, this
3957 snapshot's differencing hard disks will be deleted. The parent
3958 of this snapshot will become a new parent for all its child
3959 snapshots.
3960
3961 If the discarded snapshot is the current one, its parent
3962 snapshot will become a new current snapshot. The current machine
3963 state is not directly affected in this case, except that
3964 currently attached differencing hard disks based on hard disks
3965 of the discarded snapshot will be also merged as described
3966 above.
3967
3968 If the discarded snapshot is the first one (the root snapshot)
3969 and it has exactly one child snapshot, this child snapshot will
3970 become the first snapshot after discarding. If there are no
3971 children at all (i.e. the first snapshot is the only snapshot of
3972 the machine), both the current and the first snapshot of the
3973 machine will be set to null. In all other cases, the first
3974 snapshot cannot be discarded.
3975
3976 You cannot discard the snapshot if it
3977 stores <link to="HardDiskType::NormalHardDisk">normal</link>
3978 (non-differencing) hard disks that have differencing hard disks based
3979 on them. Snapshots of such kind can be discarded only when every
3980 normal hard disk has either no children at all or exactly one
3981 child. In the former case, the normal hard disk simply becomes unused
3982 (i.e. not attached to any VM). In the latter case, it receives all the
3983 changes strored in the child hard disk, and then it replaces the child
3984 hard disk in the configuration of the corresponding snapshot or
3985 machine.
3986
3987 Also, you cannot discard the snapshot if it stores hard disks
3988 (of any type) having differencing child hard disks that belong
3989 to other machines. Such snapshots can be only discarded after
3990 you discard all snapshots of other machines containing "foreign"
3991 child disks, or detach these "foreign" child disks from machines
3992 they are attached to.
3993
3994 One particular example of the snapshot storing normal hard disks
3995 is the first snapshot of a virtual machine that had normal hard
3996 disks attached when taking the snapshot. Be careful when
3997 discarding such snapshots because this implicitly commits
3998 changes (made since the snapshot being discarded has been taken)
3999 to normal hard disks (as described above), which may be not what
4000 you want.
4001
4002 The virtual machine is put to
4003 the <link to="MachineState::Discarding">Discarding</link> state until
4004 the discard operation is completed.
4005
4006 <note>
4007 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4008 will fail.
4009 </note>
4010
4011 <note>
4012 Child hard disks of all normal hard disks of the discarded snapshot
4013 must be <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> for this
4014 operation to succeed. In particular, this means that all virtual
4015 machines, whose hard disks are directly or indirectly based on the
4016 hard disks of discarded snapshot, must be powered off.
4017 </note>
4018 <note>
4019 Merging hard disk contents can be very time and disk space
4020 consuming, if these disks are big in size and have many
4021 children. However, if the snapshot being discarded is the last
4022 (head) snapshot on the branch, the operation will be rather
4023 quick.
4024 </note>
4025 <note>
4026 Note that discarding the current snapshot
4027 will imlicitly call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4028 make all current machine settings permanent.
4029 </note>
4030 </desc>
4031 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4032 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
4033 </param>
4034 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4035 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4036 </param>
4037 </method>
4038
4039 <method name="discardCurrentState">
4040 <desc>
4041 This operation is similar to <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> but
4042 affects the current machine state. This means that the state stored in
4043 the current snapshot will become a new current state, and all current
4044 settings of the machine and changes stored in differencing hard disks
4045 will be lost.
4046
4047 After this operation is successfully completed, new empty differencing
4048 hard disks are created for all normal hard disks of the machine.
4049
4050 If the current snapshot of the machine is an online snapshot, the
4051 machine will go to the <link to="MachineState::Saved"> saved
4052 state</link>, so that the next time it is powered on, the execution
4053 state will be restored from the current snapshot.
4054
4055 <note>
4056 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation will fail.
4057 </note>
4058
4059 <note>
4060 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4061 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4062 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4063 called).
4064 </note>
4065
4066 </desc>
4067 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4068 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4069 </param>
4070 </method>
4071
4072 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
4073 <desc>
4074
4075 This method is equivalent to
4076 doing <link to="#discardSnapshot">discardSnapshot</link>
4077 (<link
4078 to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">currentSnapshot</link>.<link
4079 to="ISnapshot::id">id()</link>, ...) followed by
4080 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/>.
4081
4082 As a result, the machine will be fully restored from the
4083 snapshot preceeding the current snapshot, while both the current
4084 snapshot and the current machine state will be discarded.
4085
4086 If the current snapshot is the first snapshot of the machine (i.e. it
4087 has the only snapshot), the current machine state will be
4088 discarded <b>before</b> discarding the snapshot. In other words, the
4089 machine will be restored from its last snapshot, before discarding
4090 it. This differs from performing a single
4091 <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> call (note that no
4092 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/> will be possible after it) to the
4093 effect that the latter will preserve the current state instead of
4094 discarding it.
4095
4096 Unless explicitly mentioned otherwise, all remarks and
4097 limitations of the above two methods also apply to this method.
4098
4099 <note>
4100 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4101 will fail.
4102 </note>
4103
4104 <note>
4105 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4106 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4107 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4108 called).</note>
4109
4110 <note>
4111 This method is more efficient than calling two above
4112 methods separately: it requires less IPC calls and provides
4113 a single progress object.
4114 </note>
4115
4116 </desc>
4117 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4118 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4119 </param>
4120 </method>
4121
4122 <method name="registerCallback">
4123 <desc>
4124 Registers a new console callback on this instance. The methods of the
4125 callback interface will be called by this instance when the appropriate
4126 event occurs.
4127 </desc>
4128 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4129 </method>
4130
4131 <method name="unregisterCallback">
4132 <desc>
4133 Unregisters the console callback previously registered using
4134 <link to="#registerCallback"/>.
4135 </desc>
4136 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4137 </method>
4138
4139 </interface>
4140
4141 <!--
4142 // IHost
4143 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4144 -->
4145
4146 <interface
4147 name="IHostDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
4148 uuid="21f86694-202d-4ce4-8b05-a63ff82dbf4c"
4149 wsmap="managed"
4150 >
4151 <desc>
4152 The IHostDVDDrive interface represents the physical CD/DVD drive
4153 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::DVDDrives"/>.
4154 </desc>
4155
4156 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4157 <desc>
4158 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4159 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. R:).
4160 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/hdc).
4161 </desc>
4162 </attribute>
4163 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4164 <desc>
4165 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4166 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4167 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4168 </desc>
4169 </attribute>
4170 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4171 <desc>
4172 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4173 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4174 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4175 @c null on some platforms.
4176 </desc>
4177 </attribute>
4178
4179 </interface>
4180
4181 <enumerator
4182 name="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4183 uuid="1ed7cfaf-c363-40df-aa4e-89c1afb7d96b"
4184 />
4185
4186 <collection
4187 name="IHostDVDDriveCollection" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4188 enumerator="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator"
4189 uuid="1909c533-1a1e-445f-a4e1-a267cffc30ed"
4190 readonly="yes"
4191 >
4192 <method name="findByName">
4193 <desc>
4194 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4195 <note>
4196 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4197 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4198 </note>
4199 </desc>
4200 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4201 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4202 </param>
4203 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return">
4204 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4205 </param>
4206 </method>
4207 </collection>
4208
4209 <interface
4210 name="IHostFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
4211 uuid="b6a4d1a9-4221-43c3-bd52-021a5daa9ed2"
4212 wsmap="managed"
4213 >
4214 <desc>
4215 The IHostFloppyDrive interface represents the physical floppy drive
4216 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::floppyDrives"/>.
4217 </desc>
4218 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4219 <desc>
4220 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4221 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. A:).
4222 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/fd0).
4223 </desc>
4224 </attribute>
4225 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4226 <desc>
4227 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4228 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4229 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4230 </desc>
4231 </attribute>
4232 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4233 <desc>
4234 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4235 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4236 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4237 @c null on some platforms.
4238 </desc>
4239 </attribute>
4240 </interface>
4241
4242 <enumerator
4243 name="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4244 uuid="ce04c924-4f54-432a-9dec-11fddc3ea875"
4245 />
4246
4247 <collection
4248 name="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4249 enumerator="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator"
4250 uuid="fd84bb86-c59a-4037-a557-755ff263a460"
4251 readonly="yes"
4252 >
4253 <method name="findByName">
4254 <desc>
4255 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4256 <note>
4257 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4258 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4259 </note>
4260 </desc>
4261 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4262 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4263 </param>
4264 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return">
4265 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4266 </param>
4267 </method>
4268 </collection>
4269
4270<if target="midl">
4271 <interface
4272 name="IHostNetworkInterface" extends="$unknown"
4273 uuid="F4512D7C-B074-4e97-99B8-6D2BD27C3F5A"
4274 wsmap="managed"
4275 >
4276 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4277 <desc>Returns the host network interface name.</desc>
4278 </attribute>
4279
4280 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
4281 <desc>Returns the interface UUID.</desc>
4282 </attribute>
4283 </interface>
4284
4285 <enumerator
4286 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4287 uuid="7B52FEF7-56E8-4aec-92F5-15E6D11EC630"
4288 />
4289
4290 <collection
4291 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4292 enumerator="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator"
4293 uuid="BF1D41F2-B97B-4314-A0FB-D4823AF42FB5"
4294 readonly="yes"
4295 >
4296 <method name="findByName">
4297 <desc>
4298 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given name.
4299 <note>
4300 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4301 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4302 </note>
4303 </desc>
4304 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4305 <desc>Name of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4306 </param>
4307 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4308 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4309 </param>
4310 </method>
4311 <method name="findById">
4312 <desc>
4313 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given GUID.
4314 <note>
4315 The method returns an error if the given GUID does not
4316 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4317 </note>
4318 </desc>
4319 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4320 <desc>GUID of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4321 </param>
4322 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4323 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4324 </param>
4325 </method>
4326 </collection>
4327</if>
4328
4329 <interface
4330 name="IHost" extends="$unknown"
4331 uuid="81729c26-1aec-46f5-b7c0-cc7364738fdb"
4332 wsmap="managed"
4333 >
4334 <desc>
4335 The IHost interface represents the physical machine that this VirtualBox
4336 installation runs on.
4337
4338 An object implementing this interface is returned by the
4339 <link to="IVirtualBox::host" /> attribute. This interface contains
4340 read-only information about the host's physical hardware (such as what
4341 processors, and disks are available, what the host operating system is,
4342 and so on) and also allows for manipulating some of the host's hardware,
4343 such as global USB device filters and host interface networking.
4344
4345 </desc>
4346 <attribute name="DVDDrives" type="IHostDVDDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4347 <desc>List of DVD drives available on the host.</desc>
4348 </attribute>
4349
4350 <attribute name="floppyDrives" type="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4351 <desc>List of floppy drives available on the host.</desc>
4352 </attribute>
4353
4354 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4355 <desc>
4356 List of USB devices currently attached to the host.
4357 Once a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4358 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4359 </desc>
4360 </attribute>
4361
4362 <attribute name="USBDeviceFilters" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
4363 <desc>
4364 List of USB device filters in action.
4365 When a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4366 filters from this list are applied to it (in order they are stored
4367 in the list). The first matched filter will determine the
4368 <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::action">action</link>
4369 performed on the device.
4370
4371 Unless the device is ignored by these filters, filters of all
4372 currently running virtual machines
4373 (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are applied to it.
4374
4375 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
4376 </desc>
4377 </attribute>
4378
4379<if target="midl">
4380 <attribute name="networkInterfaces" type="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" readonly="yes">
4381 <desc>List of host network interfaces currently defined on the host.</desc>
4382 </attribute>
4383</if>
4384
4385 <attribute name="processorCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4386 <desc>Number of (logical) CPUs installed in the host system.</desc>
4387 </attribute>
4388
4389 <attribute name="processorSpeed" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4390 <desc>(Approximate) speed of the host CPU in Megahertz.</desc>
4391 </attribute>
4392
4393 <attribute name="processorDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4394 <desc>Description string of the host CPU.</desc>
4395 </attribute>
4396
4397 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4398 <desc>Amount of system memory in megabytes installed in the host system.</desc>
4399 </attribute>
4400
4401 <attribute name="memoryAvailable" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4402 <desc>Available system memory in the host system.</desc>
4403 </attribute>
4404
4405 <attribute name="operatingSystem" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4406 <desc>Name of the host system's operating system.</desc>
4407 </attribute>
4408
4409 <attribute name="OSVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4410 <desc>Host operating system's version string.</desc>
4411 </attribute>
4412
4413 <attribute name="UTCTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
4414 <desc>Returns the current host time in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.</desc>
4415 </attribute>
4416
4417<if target="midl">
4418 <method name="createHostNetworkInterface">
4419 <desc>
4420 Creates a new adapter for Host Interface Networking.
4421 </desc>
4422 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4423 <desc>
4424 Adapter name.
4425 </desc>
4426 </param>
4427 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4428 <desc>
4429 Created host interface object.
4430 </desc>
4431 </param>
4432 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4433 <desc>
4434 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4435 </desc>
4436 </param>
4437 </method>
4438 <method name="removeHostNetworkInterface">
4439 <desc>
4440 Removes the given host network interface.
4441 </desc>
4442 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4443 <desc>
4444 Adapter GUID.
4445 </desc>
4446 </param>
4447 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4448 <desc>
4449 Removed host interface object.
4450 </desc>
4451 </param>
4452 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4453 <desc>
4454 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4455 </desc>
4456 </param>
4457 </method>
4458</if>
4459
4460 <method name="createUSBDeviceFilter">
4461 <desc>
4462 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
4463 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
4464 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
4465
4466 The created filter can be added to the list of filters using
4467 <link to="#insertUSBDeviceFilter()"/>.
4468
4469 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4470 </desc>
4471 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4472 <desc>
4473 Filter name. See <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
4474 for more info.
4475 </desc>
4476 </param>
4477 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4478 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
4479 </param>
4480 </method>
4481
4482 <method name="insertUSBDeviceFilter">
4483 <desc>
4484 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
4485 in the list of filters.
4486
4487 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
4488 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4489 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
4490
4491 <note>
4492 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to insert a
4493 filter that is already in the list, will return an
4494 error.
4495 </note>
4496
4497 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4498 </desc>
4499 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4500 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
4501 </param>
4502 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
4503 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
4504 </param>
4505 </method>
4506
4507 <method name="removeUSBDeviceFilter">
4508 <desc>
4509 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
4510 list of filters.
4511
4512 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
4513 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4514 the list will produce an error.
4515
4516 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4517 </desc>
4518 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4519 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
4520 </param>
4521 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4522 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
4523 </param>
4524 </method>
4525
4526 </interface>
4527
4528 <!--
4529 // ISystemProperties
4530 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4531 -->
4532
4533 <interface
4534 name="ISystemProperties"
4535 extends="$unknown"
4536 uuid="12c2e31e-247f-4d51-82e5-5b9d4a6c7d5b"
4537 wsmap="struct"
4538 >
4539 <desc>
4540 The ISystemProperties interface represents global properties
4541 of the given VirtualBox installation.
4542
4543 These properties define limits and default values for various
4544 attributes and parameters.
4545
4546 Most of the properties are read-only, but some can be changed by
4547 a user.
4548 </desc>
4549
4550 <attribute name="minGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4551 <desc>Minium guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4552 </attribute>
4553
4554 <attribute name="maxGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4555 <desc>Maximum guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4556 </attribute>
4557
4558 <attribute name="minGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4559 <desc>Minimum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4560 </attribute>
4561
4562 <attribute name="maxGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4563 <desc>Maximum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4564 </attribute>
4565
4566 <attribute name="maxVDISize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4567 <desc>Maximum size of a virtual disk image in Megabytes.</desc>
4568 </attribute>
4569
4570 <attribute name="networkAdapterCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4571 <desc>
4572 Number of network adapters associated with every
4573 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4574 </desc>
4575 </attribute>
4576
4577 <attribute name="serialPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4578 <desc>
4579 Number of serial ports associated with every
4580 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4581 </desc>
4582 </attribute>
4583
4584 <attribute name="parallelPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4585 <desc>
4586 Number of parallel ports associated with every
4587 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4588 </desc>
4589 </attribute>
4590
4591 <attribute name="maxBootPosition" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4592 <desc>
4593 Maximum device position in the boot order. This value corresponds
4594 to the total number of devices a machine can boot from, to make it
4595 possible to include all possible devices to the boot list.
4596 <see><link to="IMachine::setBootOrder()"/></see>
4597 </desc>
4598 </attribute>
4599
4600 <attribute name="defaultVDIFolder" type="wstring">
4601 <desc>
4602 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
4603 existing virtual disk images when an image file name contains no
4604 path.
4605
4606 The initial value of this property is
4607 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4608 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/VDI</tt>.
4609
4610 <note>
4611 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
4612 initial value.
4613 </note>
4614 <note>
4615 When settings this property, the specified path can be
4616 absolute (full path) or relative
4617 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4618 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
4619 When reading this property, a full path is
4620 always returned.
4621 </note>
4622 <note>
4623 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
4624 when necessary.
4625 </note>
4626
4627 <see>
4628 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>,
4629 <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/>
4630 </see>
4631 </desc>
4632 </attribute>
4633
4634 <attribute name="defaultMachineFolder" type="wstring">
4635 <desc>
4636 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
4637 existing machines when a settings file name contains no
4638 path.
4639
4640 The initial value of this property is
4641 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4642 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/Machines</tt>.
4643
4644 <note>
4645 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
4646 initial value.
4647 </note>
4648 <note>
4649 When settings this property, the specified path can be
4650 absolute (full path) or relative
4651 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4652 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
4653 When reading this property, a full path is
4654 always returned.
4655 </note>
4656 <note>
4657 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
4658 when necessary.
4659 </note>
4660
4661 <see>
4662 <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>,
4663 <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine()"/>
4664 </see>
4665 </desc>
4666 </attribute>
4667
4668 <attribute name="remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
4669 <desc>
4670 Library that provides authentication for VRDP clients. The library
4671 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
4672 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration.
4673
4674 The system library extension (".DLL" or ".so") must be omitted.
4675 A full path can be specified; if not, then the library must reside on the
4676 system's default library path.
4677
4678 The default value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>. There is a library
4679 of that name in one of the default VirtualBox library directories.
4680
4681 For details about VirtualBox authentication libraries and how to implement
4682 them, please refer to the VirtualBox manual.
4683
4684 <note>
4685 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
4686 initial value.
4687 </note>
4688 </desc>
4689 </attribute>
4690
4691 <attribute name="webServiceAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
4692 <desc>
4693 Library that provides authentication for webservice clients. The library
4694 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
4695 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration and will be called from
4696 within the <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> implementation.
4697
4698 As opposed to <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />,
4699 there is no per-VM setting for this, as the webservice is a global
4700 resource (if it is running). Only for this setting (for the webservice),
4701 setting this value to a literal "null" string disables authentication,
4702 meaning that <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> will always succeed,
4703 no matter what user name and password are supplied.
4704
4705 The initial value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>,
4706 meaning that the webservice will use the same authentication
4707 library that is used by default for VBoxVRDP (again, see
4708 <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />).
4709 The format and calling convetion of authentication libraries
4710 is the same for the webservice as it is for VBoxVRDP.
4711
4712 </desc>
4713 </attribute>
4714
4715 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean">
4716 <desc>
4717 This specifies the default value for hardware virtualization
4718 extensions. If enabled, virtual machines will make use of
4719 hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x and
4720 AMD SVM by default. This value can be overridden by each VM
4721 using their <link to="IMachine::HWVirtExEnabled" /> property.
4722 </desc>
4723 </attribute>
4724
4725 <attribute name="LogHistoryCount" type="unsigned long">
4726 <desc>
4727 This value specifies how many old release log files are kept.
4728 </desc>
4729 </attribute>
4730 </interface>
4731
4732 <!--
4733 // IGuest
4734 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4735 -->
4736
4737 <interface
4738 name="IGuestOSType" extends="$unknown"
4739 uuid="da94f478-1f37-4726-b750-2235950dc2fe"
4740 wsmap="struct"
4741 >
4742 <attribute name="id" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4743 <desc>Guest OS identifier string.</desc>
4744 </attribute>
4745
4746 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4747 <desc>Human readable description of the guest OS.</desc>
4748 </attribute>
4749
4750 <attribute name="recommendedRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4751 <desc>Recommended RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
4752 </attribute>
4753
4754 <attribute name="recommendedVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4755 <desc>Recommended video RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
4756 </attribute>
4757
4758 <attribute name="recommendedHDD" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4759 <desc>Recommended hard disk size in Megabytes.</desc>
4760 </attribute>
4761 </interface>
4762
4763
4764 <enumerator
4765 name="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator" type="IGuestOSType"
4766 uuid="a3335e02-4669-4e3c-80c7-c4dc7056a07c"
4767 />
4768
4769 <collection
4770 name="IGuestOSTypeCollection" type="IGuestOSType" enumerator="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator"
4771 uuid="a5e36749-a610-498b-9f29-2e36c1042d65"
4772 readonly="yes"
4773 />
4774
4775 <interface
4776 name="IGuest" extends="$unknown"
4777 uuid="c101f037-b03d-4bd4-bd25-381123980be2"
4778 wsmap="suppress"
4779 >
4780 <desc>
4781 The IGuest interface represents information about the operating system
4782 running inside the virtual machine. Used in
4783 <link to="IConsole::guest"/>.
4784
4785 IGuest provides information about the guest operating system, whether
4786 Guest Additions are installed and other OS-specific virtual machine
4787 properties.
4788 </desc>
4789
4790 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4791 <desc>
4792 Identifier of the Guest OS type as reported by the Guest
4793 Additions.
4794 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
4795 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
4796 Guest OS type.
4797 <note>
4798 If Guest Additions are not installed, this value will be
4799 the same as <link to="IMachine::OSTypeId"/>.
4800 </note>
4801 </desc>
4802 </attribute>
4803
4804 <attribute name="additionsActive" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
4805 <desc>
4806 Flag whether the Guest Additions are installed and active
4807 in which case their version will be returned by the
4808 <link to="#additionsVersion"/> property.
4809 </desc>
4810 </attribute>
4811
4812 <attribute name="additionsVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4813 <desc>
4814 Version of the Guest Additions (3 decimal numbers separated
4815 by dots) or empty when the Additions are not installed. The
4816 Additions may also report a version but yet not be active as
4817 the version might be refused by VirtualBox (incompatible) or
4818 other failures occured.
4819 </desc>
4820 </attribute>
4821
4822 <attribute name="supportsSeamless" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
4823 <desc>
4824 Flag whether seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
4825 integration) is supported.
4826 </desc>
4827 </attribute>
4828
4829 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
4830 <desc>Guest system memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
4831 </attribute>
4832
4833 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
4834 <desc>Interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
4835 </attribute>
4836
4837 <method name="setCredentials">
4838 <desc>
4839 Store login credentials that can be queried by guest operating
4840 systems with Additions installed. The credentials are transient
4841 to the session and the guest may also choose to erase them. Note
4842 that the caller cannot determine whether the guest operating system
4843 has queried or made use of the credentials.
4844 </desc>
4845 <param name="userName" type="wstring" dir="in">
4846 <desc>User name string, can be empty</desc>
4847 </param>
4848 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in">
4849 <desc>Password string, can be empty</desc>
4850 </param>
4851 <param name="domain" type="wstring" dir="in">
4852 <desc>Domain name (guest logon scheme specific), can be emtpy</desc>
4853 </param>
4854 <param name="allowInteractiveLogon" type="boolean" dir="in">
4855 <desc>
4856 Flag whether the guest should alternatively allow the user to
4857 interactively specify different credentials. This flag might
4858 not be supported by all versions of the Additions.
4859 </desc>
4860 </param>
4861 </method>
4862
4863 <method name="getStatistic">
4864 <desc>
4865 Query specified guest statistics as reported by the VirtualBox Additions.
4866 </desc>
4867 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4868 <desc>Virtual CPU id; not relevant for all statistic types</desc>
4869 </param>
4870 <param name="statistic" type="GuestStatisticType" dir="in">
4871 <desc>Statistic type.</desc>
4872 </param>
4873 <param name="statVal" type="unsigned long" dir="out">
4874 <desc>Statistics value</desc>
4875 </param>
4876 </method>
4877
4878 </interface>
4879
4880
4881 <!--
4882 // IProgress
4883 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4884 -->
4885
4886 <enumerator
4887 name="IProgressEnumerator" type="IProgress"
4888 uuid="e0380522-4ef1-48f4-856c-e455177ccb2d"
4889 />
4890
4891 <collection
4892 name="IProgressCollection" type="IProgress" enumerator="IProgressEnumerator"
4893 uuid="78B76A7C-F0F2-467c-9F0E-F089A54EE957"
4894 readonly="yes"
4895 />
4896
4897 <interface
4898 name="IProgress" extends="$unknown"
4899 uuid="10CC03A1-717E-429b-992D-C67B56175A51"
4900 wsmap="managed"
4901 >
4902 <desc>
4903 The IProgress interface represents a task progress object that allows
4904 to wait for the completion of some asynchronous task.
4905
4906 The task consists of one or more operations that run sequentially,
4907 one after one. There is an individual percent of completion of the
4908 current operation and the percent of completion of the task as a
4909 whole. Similarly, you can wait for the completion of a particular
4910 operation or for the completion of the whole task.
4911
4912 Every operation is identified by a number (starting from 0)
4913 and has a separate description.
4914 </desc>
4915
4916 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
4917 <desc>ID of the task.</desc>
4918 </attribute>
4919
4920 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4921 <desc>Description of the task.</desc>
4922 </attribute>
4923
4924 <attribute name="initiator" type="$unknown" readonly="yes">
4925 <desc>Initiator of the task.</desc>
4926 </attribute>
4927
4928 <attribute name="cancelable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
4929 <desc>Whether the task can be interrupted.</desc>
4930 </attribute>
4931
4932 <attribute name="percent" type="long" readonly="yes">
4933 <desc>
4934 Current task progress value in percent.
4935 This value depends on how many operations are already complete.
4936 </desc>
4937 </attribute>
4938
4939 <attribute name="completed" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
4940 <desc>Whether the task has been completed.</desc>
4941 </attribute>
4942
4943 <attribute name="canceled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
4944 <desc>Whether the task has been canceled.</desc>
4945 </attribute>
4946
4947 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
4948 <desc>
4949 Result code of the progress task.
4950 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true.
4951 </desc>
4952 </attribute>
4953
4954 <attribute name="errorInfo" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
4955 <desc>
4956 Extended information about the unsuccessful result of the
4957 progress operation. May be NULL when no extended information
4958 is available.
4959 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true and
4960 <link to="#resultCode"/> indicates a failure.
4961 </desc>
4962 </attribute>
4963
4964 <attribute name="operationCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4965 <desc>
4966 Number of operations this task is divided into.
4967 Every task consists of at least one operation.
4968 </desc>
4969 </attribute>
4970
4971 <attribute name="operation" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4972 <desc>Number of the operation being currently executed.</desc>
4973 </attribute>
4974
4975 <attribute name="operationDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4976 <desc>
4977 Description of the operation being currently executed.
4978 </desc>
4979 </attribute>
4980
4981 <attribute name="operationPercent" type="long" readonly="yes">
4982 <desc>Current operation progress value in percent.</desc>
4983 </attribute>
4984
4985 <method name="waitForCompletion">
4986 <desc>
4987 Waits until the task is done (including all operations) with a
4988 given timeout.
4989 </desc>
4990 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
4991 <desc>
4992 Timeout value in milliseconds.
4993 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
4994 </desc>
4995 </param>
4996 </method>
4997
4998 <method name="waitForOperationCompletion">
4999 <desc>
5000 Waits until the given operation is done with a given timeout.
5001 </desc>
5002 <param name="operation" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5003 <desc>
5004 Number of the operation to wait for.
5005 Must be less than <link to="#operationCount"/>.
5006 </desc>
5007 </param>
5008 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5009 <desc>
5010 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5011 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5012 </desc>
5013 </param>
5014 </method>
5015
5016 <method name="cancel">
5017 <desc>
5018 Cancels the task.
5019 <note>
5020 If <link to="#cancelable"/> is <tt>false</tt>, then
5021 this method will fail.
5022 </note>
5023 </desc>
5024 </method>
5025
5026 </interface>
5027
5028
5029 <!--
5030 // ISnapshot
5031 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5032 -->
5033
5034 <enumerator
5035 name="ISnapshotEnumerator" type="ISnapshot"
5036 uuid="25cfa2a4-1f1d-4f05-9658-b7a5894ef1a3"
5037 />
5038
5039 <collection
5040 name="ISnapshotCollection" type="ISnapshot"
5041 enumerator="ISnapshotEnumerator"
5042 uuid="23852e3c-94cd-4801-ab05-ed35675b3894"
5043 readonly="yes"
5044 />
5045
5046 <interface
5047 name="ISnapshot" extends="$unknown"
5048 uuid="9f1bbf79-13b0-4da2-abba-4a992c65c083"
5049 wsmap="managed"
5050 >
5051 <desc>
5052 The ISnapshot interface represents a snapshot of the virtual
5053 machine.
5054
5055 The <i>snapshot</i> stores all the information about a virtual
5056 machine necessary to bring it to exactly the same state as it was at
5057 the time of taking the snapshot. The snapshot includes:
5058
5059 <ul>
5060 <li>all settings of the virtual machine (i.e. its hardware
5061 configuration: RAM size, attached hard disks, etc.)
5062 </li>
5063 <li>the execution state of the virtual machine (memory contents,
5064 CPU state, etc.).
5065 </li>
5066 </ul>
5067
5068 Snapshots can be <i>offline</i> (taken when the VM is powered off)
5069 or <i>online</i> (taken when the VM is running). The execution
5070 state of the offline snapshot is called a <i>zero execution state</i>
5071 (it doesn't actually contain any information about memory contents
5072 or the CPU state, assuming that all hardware is just powered off).
5073
5074 <h3>Snapshot branches</h3>
5075
5076 Snapshots can be chained. Chained snapshots form a branch where
5077 every next snapshot is based on the previous one. This chaining is
5078 mostly related to hard disk branching (see <link to="IHardDisk"/>
5079 description). This means that every time a new snapshot is created,
5080 a new differencing hard disk is implicitly created for all normal
5081 hard disks attached to the given virtual machine. This allows to
5082 fully restore hard disk contents when the machine is later reverted
5083 to a particular snapshot.
5084
5085 In the current implelemtation, multiple snapshot branches within one
5086 virtual machine are not allowed. Every machine has a signle branch,
5087 and <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/> operation adds a new
5088 snapshot to the top of that branch.
5089
5090 Existings snapshots can be discarded using
5091 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/>.
5092
5093 <h3>Current snapshot</h3>
5094
5095 Every virtual machine has a current snapshot, identified by
5096 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot"/>. This snapshot is used as
5097 a base for the <i>current machine state</i> (see below), to the effect
5098 that all normal hard disks of the machine and its execution
5099 state are based on this snapshot.
5100
5101 In the current implementation, the current snapshot is always the
5102 last taken snapshot (i.e. the head snapshot on the branch) and it
5103 cannot be changed.
5104
5105 The current snapshot is <tt>null</tt> if the machine doesn't have
5106 snapshots at all; in this case the current machine state is just
5107 current settings of this machine plus its current execution state.
5108
5109 <h3>Current machine state</h3>
5110
5111 The current machine state is what represened by IMachine instances got
5112 directly from IVirtualBox
5113 using <link
5114 to="IVirtualBox::getMachine()">getMachine()</link>, <link
5115 to="IVirtualBox::findMachine()">findMachine()</link>, etc. (as opposed
5116 to instances returned by <link to="ISnapshot::machine"/>). This state
5117 is always used when the machine is <link to="IConsole::powerUp"> powered
5118 on</link>.
5119
5120 The current machine state also includes the current execution state.
5121 If the machine is being currently executed
5122 (<link to="IMachine::state"/> is <link to="MachineState::Running"/>
5123 and above), its execution state is just what's happening now.
5124 If it is powered off (<link to="MachineState::PoweredOff"/> or
5125 <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>), it has a zero execution state.
5126 If the machine is saved (<link to="MachineState::Saved"/>), its
5127 execution state is what saved in the execution state file
5128 (<link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/>).
5129
5130 If the machine is in the saved state, then, next time it is powered
5131 on, its execution state will be fully restored from the saved state
5132 file and the execution will continue from the point where the state
5133 was saved.
5134
5135 Similarly to snapshots, the current machine state can be discarded
5136 using <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/>.
5137
5138 <h3>Taking and discarding snapshots</h3>
5139
5140 The table below briefly explains the meaning of every snapshot
5141 operation:
5142
5143 <table>
5144 <tr><th>Operation</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Remarks</th></tr>
5145
5146 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/></td>
5147
5148 <td>Save the current state of the virtual machine, including all
5149 settings, contents of normal hard disks and the current modifications
5150 to immutable hard disks (for online snapshots)</td>
5151
5152 <td>The current state is not changed (the machine will continue
5153 execution if it is being executed when the snapshot is
5154 taken)</td></tr>
5155
5156 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/></td>
5157
5158 <td>Forget the state of the virtual machine stored in the snapshot:
5159 dismiss all saved settings and delete the saved execution state (for
5160 online snapshots)</td>
5161
5162 <td>Other snapshots (including child snapshots, if any) and the
5163 current state are not directly affected</td></tr>
5164
5165 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/></td>
5166
5167 <td>Restore the current state of the virtual machine from the state
5168 stored in the current snapshot, including all settings and hard disk
5169 contents</td>
5170
5171 <td>The current state of the machine existed prior to this operation
5172 is lost</td></tr>
5173
5174 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState()"/></td>
5175
5176 <td>Completely revert the virtual machine to the state it was in
5177 before the current snapshot has been taken</td>
5178
5179 <td>The current state, as well as the current snapshot, are
5180 lost</td></tr>
5181
5182 </table>
5183
5184 </desc>
5185
5186 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5187 <desc>UUID of the snapshot.</desc>
5188 </attribute>
5189
5190 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
5191 <desc>Short name of the snapshot.</desc>
5192 </attribute>
5193
5194 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
5195 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
5196 </attribute>
5197
5198 <attribute name="timeStamp" type="long long" readonly="yes">
5199 <desc>
5200 Time stamp of the snapshot, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
5201 </desc>
5202 </attribute>
5203
5204 <attribute name="online" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5205 <desc>
5206 <tt>true</tt> if this snapshot is an online snapshot and
5207 <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
5208
5209 <note>
5210 When this attribute is <tt>true</tt>, the
5211 <link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/> attribute of the
5212 <link to="#machine"/> object associated with this snapshot
5213 will point to the saved state file. Otherwise, it will be
5214 <tt>null</tt>.
5215 </note>
5216 </desc>
5217 </attribute>
5218
5219 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
5220 <desc>
5221 Virtual machine this snapshot is taken on. This object
5222 stores all settings the machine had when taking this snapshot.
5223 <note>
5224 The returned machine object is immutable, i.e. no
5225 any settings can be changed.
5226 </note>
5227 </desc>
5228 </attribute>
5229
5230 <attribute name="parent" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
5231 <desc>
5232 Parent snapshot (a snapshot this one is based on).
5233 <note>
5234 It's not an error to read this attribute on a snapshot
5235 that doesn't have a parent -- a null object will be
5236 returned to indicate this.
5237 </note>
5238 </desc>
5239 </attribute>
5240
5241 <attribute name="children" type="ISnapshotCollection" readonly="yes">
5242 <desc>
5243 Child snapshots (all snapshots having this one as a parent).
5244 <note>
5245 In the current implementation, there can be only one
5246 child snapshot, or no children at all, meaning this is the
5247 last (head) snapshot.
5248 </note>
5249 </desc>
5250 </attribute>
5251
5252 </interface>
5253
5254 <!--
5255 // IHardDisk
5256 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5257 -->
5258
5259 <enum
5260 name="HardDiskStorageType"
5261 uuid="48138584-ad99-479d-a36f-eb82a7663685"
5262 >
5263 <desc>
5264 Virtual hard disk storage type.
5265 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5266 </desc>
5267 <const name="VirtualDiskImage" value="0">
5268 <desc>
5269 Virtual Disk Image, VDI (a regular file in the file
5270 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>)
5271 </desc>
5272 </const>
5273 <const name="ISCSIHardDisk" value="1">
5274 <desc>
5275 iSCSI Remote Disk (a disk accessed via the Internet
5276 SCSI protocol over a TCP/IP network, see
5277 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/>)
5278 </desc>
5279 </const>
5280 <const name="VMDKImage" value="2">
5281 <desc>
5282 VMware Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5283 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVMDKImage"/>)
5284 </desc>
5285 </const>
5286 <const name="CustomHardDisk" value="3">
5287 <desc>
5288 Disk formats supported through plugins (see
5289 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/>)
5290 </desc>
5291 </const>
5292 </enum>
5293
5294 <enum
5295 name="HardDiskType"
5296 uuid="a348fafd-a64e-4643-ba65-eb3896bd7e0a"
5297 >
5298 <desc>
5299 Virtual hard disk type.
5300 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5301 </desc>
5302 <const name="NormalHardDisk" value="0">
5303 <desc>
5304 Normal hard disk (attached directly or indirectly, preserved
5305 when taking snapshots).
5306 </desc>
5307 </const>
5308 <const name="ImmutableHardDisk" value="1">
5309 <desc>
5310 Immutable hard disk (attached indirectly, changes are wiped out
5311 after powering off the virtual machine).
5312 </desc>
5313 </const>
5314 <const name="WritethroughHardDisk" value="2">
5315 <desc>
5316 Write through hard disk (attached directly, ignored when
5317 taking snapshots).
5318 </desc>
5319 </const>
5320 </enum>
5321
5322 <interface
5323 name="IHardDiskAttachment" extends="$unknown"
5324 uuid="c0ffe596-21c6-4797-8d8a-b47b66881e7a"
5325 wsmap="struct"
5326 >
5327 <attribute name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5328 <desc>Harddisk object this attachment is about.</desc>
5329 </attribute>
5330
5331 <attribute name="controller" type="DiskControllerType" readonly="yes">
5332 <desc>Disk controller ID of this attachment.</desc>
5333 </attribute>
5334
5335 <attribute name="deviceNumber" type="long" readonly="yes">
5336 <desc>Device number of the attachment.</desc>
5337 </attribute>
5338
5339 </interface>
5340
5341 <enumerator
5342 name="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5343 uuid="9955e486-2f0b-432a-99e4-0ebbd338875e"
5344 />
5345
5346 <collection
5347 name="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5348 enumerator="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator"
5349 uuid="8f727842-bb77-45d4-92de-4ec14bf613c9"
5350 readonly="yes"
5351 />
5352
5353 <enumerator
5354 name="IHardDiskEnumerator" type="IHardDisk"
5355 uuid="b976f97b-cdb8-47e3-9860-084031cbd533"
5356 />
5357
5358 <collection
5359 name="IHardDiskCollection" type="IHardDisk"
5360 enumerator="IHardDiskEnumerator"
5361 uuid="43EAC2BC-5C61-40fa-BC38-46DE2C7DB6BB"
5362 readonly="yes"
5363 />
5364
5365 <interface
5366 name="IHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
5367 uuid="FD443EC1-000F-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
5368 wsmap="managed"
5369 >
5370 <desc>
5371 The IHardDisk interface represents a virtual hard disk drive
5372 used by virtual machines.
5373
5374 The virtual hard disk drive virtualizes the hard disk hardware and
5375 looks like a regular hard disk inside the virtual machine and
5376 the guest OS.
5377
5378 <h3>Storage Types</h3>
5379
5380 The <link to="HardDiskStorageType">storage type</link> of the
5381 virtual hard disk determines where and how it stores its data
5382 (sectors). Currently, the following storage types are supported:
5383
5384 <ul>
5385
5386 <li>
5387 <i>Virtual Disk Image (VDI)</i>, a regular file in the file system
5388 of the host OS (represented by the <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5389 interface). This file has a special format optimized so that unused
5390 sectors of data occupy much less space than on a physical hard disk.
5391 </li>
5392
5393 <li>
5394 <i>iSCSI Remote Disk</i>, a disk accessed via the Internet SCSI
5395 protocol over a TCP/IP network link (represented by the
5396 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/> interface).
5397 </li>
5398
5399 <li>
5400 <i>VMware VMDK Image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5401 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVMDKImage"/> interface).
5402 </li>
5403
5404 <li>
5405 <i>Custom HardDisk</i>, a disk accessed via a plugin which is loaded
5406 when the disk is accessed (represented by the
5407 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/> interface).
5408 </li>
5409
5410 </ul>
5411
5412 The storage type of the particular hard disk object is indicated by
5413 the <link to="#storageType"/> property.
5414
5415 Each storage type is represented by its own interface (as shown
5416 above), that allows to query and set properties and perform
5417 operations specific to that storage type. When an IHardDisk object
5418 reports it uses some particular storage type, it also guaranteed to
5419 support the corresponding interface which you can query. And vice
5420 versa, every object that supports a storage-specific interface, also
5421 supports IHardDisk.
5422
5423 <h3>Virtual Hard Disk Types</h3>
5424
5425 The <link to="HardDiskType">type</link> of the virtual hard disk
5426 determines how it is attached to the virtual machine when you call
5427 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and what happens to it when
5428 a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine is
5429 taken.
5430
5431 There are three types of virtual hard disks:
5432
5433 <ul>
5434 <li><i>Normal</i></li>
5435 <li><i>Immutable</i></li>
5436 <li><i>Writethrough</i></li>
5437 </ul>
5438
5439 The virtual disk type is indicated by the <link to="#type"/>
5440 property. Each of the above types is described in detail further
5441 down.
5442
5443 There is also a forth, "hidden" virtual disk type:
5444 <i>Differencing</i>. It is "hidden" because you cannot directly
5445 create hard disks of this type -- they are automatically created by
5446 VirtualBox when necessary.
5447
5448 <b>Differencing Hard Disks</b>
5449
5450 Unlike disks of other types (that are similar to real hard disks),
5451 the differencing hard disk does not store the full range of data
5452 sectors. Instead, it stores only a subset of sectors of some other
5453 disk that were changed since the differencing hard disk has been
5454 created. Thus, every differencing hard disk has a parent hard disk
5455 it is linked to, and represents the difference between the initial
5456 and the current hard disk state. A differencing hard disk can be
5457 linked to another differencing hard disk -- this way, differencing
5458 hard disks can form a branch of changes. More over, a given virtual
5459 hard disk can have more than one differencing hard disk linked to
5460 it.
5461
5462 A disk the differencing hard disk is linked to (or, in other words,
5463 based on) is called a <i>parent</i> hard disk and is accessible through
5464 the <link to="#parent"/> property. Similarly, all existing differencing
5465 hard disks for a given parent hard disk are called its <i>child</i> hard
5466 disks (and accessible through the <link to="#children"/> property).
5467
5468 All differencing hard disks use Virtual Disk Image files to store
5469 changed sectors. They have the <link to="#type"/> property set to
5470 Normal, but can be easily distinguished from normal hard disks using
5471 the <link to="#parent"/> property: all differencing hard disks have
5472 a parent, while all normal hard disks don't.
5473
5474 When the virtual machine makes an attempt to read a sector that is
5475 missing in a differencing hard disk, its parent is accessed to
5476 resolve the sector in question. This process continues until the
5477 sector is found, or until the root hard disk is encountered, which
5478 always contains all sectors. As a consequence,
5479
5480 <ul>
5481
5482 <li>
5483 The virtual hard disk geometry seen by the guest OS is
5484 always defined by the root hard disk.
5485 </li>
5486
5487 <li>
5488 All hard disks on a branch, up to the root, must be
5489 <link to="#accessible"/> for a given differencing hard disk in order
5490 to let it function properly when the virtual machine is
5491 running.
5492 </li>
5493
5494 </ul>
5495
5496 Differencing hard disks can be implicitly created by VirtualBox in
5497 the following cases:
5498
5499 <ul>
5500
5501 <li>
5502 When a hard disk is <i>indirectly</i> attached to the virtual
5503 machine using <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. In this
5504 case, all disk writes performed by the guest OS will go to the
5505 created diffferencing hard disk, as opposed to the
5506 <i>direct</i> attachment, where all changes are written to the
5507 attached hard disk itself.
5508 </li>
5509
5510 <li>
5511 When a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine
5512 is taken. After that, disk writes to hard disks the differencing
5513 ones have been created for, will be directed to those differencing
5514 hard disks, to preserve the contents of the original disks.
5515 </li>
5516
5517 </ul>
5518
5519 Whether to create a differencing hard disk or not depends on the
5520 type of the hard disk attached to the virtual machine. This is
5521 explained below.
5522
5523 Note that in the current implementation, only the
5524 <link to="VirtualDiskImage"/> storage type is used to
5525 represent differencing hard disks. In other words, all
5526 differencing hard disks are <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5527 objects.
5528
5529 <b>Normal Hard Disks</b>
5530
5531 Normal hard disks are the most commonly used virtual hard disk. A
5532 normal hard disk is attached to the machine directly if it is not
5533 already attached to some other machine. Otherwise, an attempt to
5534 make an indirect attachment through a differencing hard disk will be
5535 made. This attempt will fail if the hard disk is attached to a
5536 virtual machine without snapshots (because it's impossible to create
5537 a differencing hard disk based on a hard disk that is subject to
5538 change).
5539
5540 When an indirect attachment takes place, in the simplest case, where
5541 the machine the hard disk is being attached to doesn't have
5542 snapshots, the differencing hard disk will be based on the normal
5543 hard disk being attached. Otherwise, the first (i.e. the most
5544 recent) descendant of the given normal hard disk found in the
5545 current snapshot branch (starting from the current snapshot and
5546 going up to the root) will be actually used as a base.
5547
5548 Note that when you detach an indirectly attached hard disk from the
5549 machine, the created differencing hard disk image is simply
5550 <b>deleted</b>, so <b>all changes are lost</b>. If you attach the
5551 same disk again, a clean differencing disk will be created based on
5552 the most recent child, as described above.
5553
5554 When taking a snapshot, the contents of all normal hard disks (and
5555 all differencing disks whose roots are normal hard disks) currently
5556 attached to the virtual machine is preserved by creating
5557 differencing hard disks based on them.
5558
5559 <b>Immutable Hard Disks</b>
5560
5561 Immutable hard disks can be used to provide a sort of read-only
5562 access. An immutable hard disk is always attached indirectly. The
5563 created differencing hard disk is automatically wiped out (recreated
5564 from scratch) every time you power off the virtual machine. Thus,
5565 the contents of the immutable disk remains unchanged between runs.
5566
5567 Detaching an immutable hard disk deletes the differencing disk
5568 created for it, with the same effect as in case with normal hard
5569 disks.
5570
5571 When taking a snapshot, the differencing part of the immutable
5572 hard disk is cloned (i.e. copied to a separate Virtual Disk Image
5573 file) without any changes. This is necessary to preserve the exact
5574 virtual machine state when you create an online snapshot.
5575
5576 <b>Writethrough Hard Disks</b>
5577
5578 Hard disks of this type are always attached directly. This means
5579 that every given writethrough hard disk can be attached only to one
5580 virtual machine at a time.
5581
5582 It is impossible to take a snapshot of a virtual machine with the
5583 writethrough hard disk attached, because taking a snapshot implies
5584 saving the execution state and preserving the contents of all hard
5585 disks, but writethrough hard disks cannot be preserved. Preserving
5586 hard disk contents is necessary to ensure the guest OS stored in the
5587 snapshot will get the same hard disk state when restored, which is
5588 especially important when it has open file handles or when there are
5589 cached files and directories stored in memory.
5590
5591 <h3>Creating, Opening and Registering Hard Disks</h3>
5592
5593 Non-differencing hard disks are either created from scratch using
5594 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/> or opened from a VDI file
5595 using <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/> (only for hard
5596 disks using the VirtualDiskImage storage type). Once a hard disk is
5597 created or opened, it needs to be registered using
5598 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> to make it available for
5599 attaching to virtual machines. See the documentation of individual
5600 interfaces for various storage types to get more information.
5601
5602 Differencing hard disks are never created explicitly and cannot
5603 be registered or unregistered; they are automatically registered
5604 upon creation and deregistered when deleted.
5605
5606 <h3>More about Indirect Hard Disk Attachments</h3>
5607
5608 Normally, when you attach a hard disk to the virtual machine, and then
5609 query the corresponding attachment using
5610 <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/> or
5611 <link to="IMachine::hardDiskAttachments"/> you will get the same hard
5612 disk object, whose UUID you passed earlier to
5613 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. However, when an indirect
5614 attachment takes place, calling <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/>
5615 will return a differencing hard disk object, that is either based on the
5616 attached hard disk or on another differencing hard disk, the attached
5617 hard disk is eventually a root for (as described above). In both cases
5618 the returned hard disk object is the object the virtual machine actually
5619 uses to perform disk writes to.
5620
5621 Regardless of whether the attachment is direct or indirect, the
5622 <link to="#machineId"/> property of the attached disk will contain an
5623 UUID of the machine object <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>
5624 has been called on.
5625
5626 Note that both <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and
5627 <link to="IMachine::detachHardDisk()"/> are <i>lazy</i> operations. In
5628 particular, this means that when an indirect attachment is made,
5629 differencing hard disks are not created until machine settings are
5630 committed using <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/>. Similarly, when a
5631 differencing hard disk is detached, it is not deleted until
5632 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. Calling
5633 <link to="IMachine::discardSettings()"/> cancels all lazy attachments or
5634 detachments made since the last commit and effectively restores the
5635 previous set of hard disks.
5636
5637 <h3>Hard Disk Accessibility</h3>
5638
5639 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the hard disk object
5640 defines the accessibility state of the respective hard disk storage
5641 (for example, the VDI file for IVirtualDiskImage objects). If the
5642 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some hard disk
5643 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
5644 virtual or the actual hard disk size) until a new accessibility
5645 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt> (see the attribute
5646 description for more details).
5647
5648 <note>
5649 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
5650 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
5651 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
5652 if you try to read hard disk properties that depend on the
5653 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
5654 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
5655 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
5656 </note>
5657
5658 </desc>
5659
5660 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5661 <desc>
5662
5663 UUID of the hard disk. For newly created hard disk objects,
5664 this value is a randomly generated UUID.
5665
5666 </desc>
5667 </attribute>
5668
5669 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
5670 <desc>
5671
5672 Optional description of the hard disk. For a newly created hard
5673 disk, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
5674
5675 <note>For some storage types, reading this property is
5676 meaningless when <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt>.
5677 Also, you cannot assign it a new value in this case.</note>
5678
5679 </desc>
5680 </attribute>
5681
5682 <attribute name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" readonly="yes">
5683 <desc>
5684
5685 Storage type of this hard disk.
5686
5687 Storage type is defined when you open or create a new hard disk
5688 object.
5689
5690 </desc>
5691 </attribute>
5692
5693 <attribute name="location" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5694 <desc>
5695
5696 Storage location of this hard disk. The returned string serves
5697 for informational purposes only. To access detailed information
5698 about the storage, query the appropriate storage-specific
5699 interface.
5700
5701 </desc>
5702 </attribute>
5703
5704 <attribute name="type" type="HardDiskType">
5705 <desc>
5706
5707 Type (behavior) of this hard disk. For a newly created or opened hard
5708 disk, this value is <link to="HardDiskType::NormalHardDisk"/>.
5709
5710 <note>
5711 In the current implementation, this property can be
5712 changed only on an unregistered hard disk object. This may be
5713 changed later.
5714 </note>
5715
5716 </desc>
5717 </attribute>
5718
5719 <attribute name="parent" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5720 <desc>
5721
5722 Parent of this hard disk (a hard disk this one is directly based
5723 on).
5724
5725 Only differencing hard disks have parents, so a <tt>null</tt>
5726 object is returned for a hard disk of any other type.
5727 </desc>
5728 </attribute>
5729
5730 <attribute name="children" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
5731 <desc>
5732
5733 Children of this hard disk (all differencing hard disks for
5734 those this one is a parent). An empty collection is returned, if
5735 this hard disk doesn't have any children.
5736
5737 </desc>
5738 </attribute>
5739
5740 <attribute name="root" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5741 <desc>
5742
5743 Root hard disk of this hard disk. If this hard disk is a
5744 differencing hard disk, its root hard disk is the first disk on
5745 the branch. For all other types of hard disks, this property
5746 returns the hard disk object itself (i.e. the same object you
5747 read this property on).
5748
5749 </desc>
5750 </attribute>
5751
5752 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5753 <desc>
5754
5755 Whether the hard disk storage is currently accessible or not.
5756 The storage, for example, can be unaccessible if it doesn't exist
5757 or if it is placed on a network resource that is not available
5758 by the time this attribute is read.
5759
5760 In the current implementation, the value of this property is
5761 also <tt>false</tt> if this hard disk is attached to a running
5762 virtual machine.
5763
5764 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
5765 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
5766 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
5767 example, if the network resourse where the hard disk storage is
5768 located is down).
5769
5770 The following attributes of the hard disk object are considered
5771 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
5772 <ul>
5773 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
5774 <li><link to="#actualSize"/></li>
5775 </ul>
5776 Individual hard disk storage type interfaces may define
5777 additional attributes that depend on the accessibility state.
5778 </desc>
5779 </attribute>
5780
5781 <attribute name="allAccessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5782 <desc>
5783
5784 Whether the whole hard disk branch, starting from this image and
5785 going through its ancestors up to the root, is accessible or
5786 not.
5787
5788 This property makes sense only for differencing hard disks. For
5789 all other types of hard disks it returns the same value as
5790 <link to="#accessible"/>.
5791
5792 </desc>
5793 </attribute>
5794
5795 <attribute name="lastAccessError" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5796 <desc>
5797
5798 String describing the reason of inaccessibility of this hard
5799 disk after the last call to <link to="#accessible"/> that
5800 returned <tt>false</tt>. A <tt>null</tt> value of this property
5801 means that the last accessibility check returned <tt>true</tt>.
5802
5803 </desc>
5804 </attribute>
5805
5806 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
5807 <desc>
5808
5809 Logical size of this hard disk (in megabytes), as reported to the
5810 guest OS running inside the vurtual machine this disk is
5811 attached to. The logical size is defined when the hard disk is
5812 created.
5813
5814 <note>Reading this property on a differencing hard disk will
5815 return the size of its root hard disk.</note>
5816
5817 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
5818 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
5819
5820 </desc>
5821 </attribute>
5822
5823 <attribute name="actualSize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
5824 <desc>
5825
5826 Physical size of the storage used to store hard disk data (in
5827 bytes). This size is usually less than the logical size of the
5828 hard disk, depending on the storage type and on the size
5829 optimization method used for that storage.
5830
5831 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
5832 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
5833
5834 </desc>
5835 </attribute>
5836
5837 <attribute name="machineId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5838 <desc>
5839
5840 UUID of the machine this hard disk is attached to (or a
5841 <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not attached).
5842
5843 <note>Immutable hard disks are never attached directly, so this
5844 attribute is always <tt>null</tt> in this case.</note>
5845
5846 </desc>
5847 </attribute>
5848
5849 <attribute name="snapshotId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5850 <desc>
5851
5852 UUID of the <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> this hard disk
5853 is associated with (or <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not
5854 associated with any snapshot).
5855
5856 <note>
5857 This attribute is always <tt>null</tt> if <link to="#machineId"/>
5858 is <tt>null</tt>.
5859 </note>
5860
5861 <note>
5862 Writethrough hard disks are always attached directly and cannot be
5863 involved when taking snapshots, so this attribute is meaningless and
5864 therefore always <tt>null</tt>.
5865 </note>
5866
5867 </desc>
5868 </attribute>
5869
5870 <method name="cloneToImage">
5871
5872 <desc>
5873
5874 Starts creating a clone of this hard disk. The cloned hard disk
5875 will use the specified Virtual Disk Image file as a storage and
5876 will contain exactly the same sector data as the hard disk being
5877 cloned, except that a new UUID for the clone will be randomly
5878 generated.
5879
5880 The specified image file path can be absolute (full path) or
5881 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
5882 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
5883 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
5884 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
5885 file.
5886
5887 It is an error to use the object returned in the @a image
5888 parameter until the returned @a progress object reports success.
5889
5890 <note>In the current implementation, only non-differencing hard
5891 disks can be cloned.</note>
5892
5893 </desc>
5894
5895 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
5896 <desc>Path to a file where to store the cloned hard disk.</desc>
5897 </param>
5898 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="out">
5899 <desc>Cloned hard disk object.</desc>
5900 </param>
5901 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
5902 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
5903 </param>
5904
5905 </method>
5906
5907 </interface>
5908
5909 <!--
5910 // IVirtualDiskImage
5911 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5912 -->
5913
5914 <interface
5915 name="IVirtualDiskImage" extends="$unknown"
5916 uuid="a8265b5a-0d20-4a46-a02f-65693a4e8239"
5917 wsmap="managed"
5918 >
5919
5920 <desc>
5921 The IVirtualDiskImage interface represent a specific type of
5922 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that uses VDI image files.
5923
5924 The Virtual Disk Image (VDI) format is VirtualBox's native format for
5925 hard disk containers.
5926
5927 Objects that support this interface also support the
5928 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
5929
5930 Hard disks using virtual disk images can be either opened using
5931 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
5932 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
5933
5934 When a new hard disk object is created from scatch, an image file for it
5935 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
5936 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
5937 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
5938 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
5939 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
5940 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
5941 virtual machines.
5942
5943 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link> of the
5944 Virtual Disk Image is stored in the image file. For this reason,
5945 changing the value of this property requires the hard disk to be
5946 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link>. The description
5947 of a registered hard disk can be changed only if a virtual machine
5948 using it is not running.
5949
5950 </desc>
5951
5952 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
5953 <desc>
5954
5955 Full file name of the virtual disk image of this hard disk. For
5956 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
5957
5958 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
5959 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
5960 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
5961 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
5962 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
5963
5964 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
5965
5966 <note>
5967 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
5968 returns <tt>true</tt>.
5969 </note>
5970
5971 </desc>
5972 </attribute>
5973
5974 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5975 <desc>
5976
5977 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly
5978 created hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
5979 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
5980 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link
5981 to="#createDynamicImage()"/> is called.
5982
5983 </desc>
5984 </attribute>
5985
5986 <method name="createDynamicImage">
5987
5988 <desc>
5989
5990 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
5991 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
5992 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
5993 the operation will fail.
5994
5995 <note>After the returned progress object reports that the
5996 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
5997 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
5998 within this VirtualBox installation.</note>
5999
6000 </desc>
6001
6002 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6003 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6004 </param>
6005 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6006 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6007 </param>
6008
6009 </method>
6010
6011 <method name="createFixedImage">
6012 <desc>
6013
6014 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6015 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6016 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6017
6018 <note>
6019 After the returned progress object reports that the
6020 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6021 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6022 within this VirtualBox installation.
6023 </note>
6024
6025 </desc>
6026
6027 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6028 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6029 </param>
6030 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6031 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6032 </param>
6033
6034 </method>
6035
6036 <method name="deleteImage">
6037 <desc>
6038
6039 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6040 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6041 operation will fail.
6042
6043 <note>
6044 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to
6045 register the hard disk until the image file is created
6046 again.
6047 </note>
6048
6049 <note>
6050 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6051 they are unregistered using
6052 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6053 </note>
6054
6055 </desc>
6056 </method>
6057
6058 </interface>
6059
6060 <!--
6061 // IISCSIHardDisk
6062 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6063 -->
6064
6065 <interface
6066 name="IISCSIHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6067 uuid="003f6ca9-3257-4ef9-99c9-c66ce44576cb"
6068 wsmap="managed"
6069 >
6070
6071 <desc>
6072 THe IISCSIHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6073 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses iSCSI.
6074
6075 The IISCSIHardDisk interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual
6076 hard disks</link> that use the Internet SCSI (iSCSI) protocol to store
6077 hard disk data on remote machines.
6078
6079 Objects that support this interface also support the
6080 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6081
6082 iSCSI hard disks can be created using
6083 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>. When a new hard disk object
6084 is created, all its properties are uninitialized. After you assign some
6085 meaningful values to them, the hard disk object can be registered by
6086 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and
6087 then <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to virtual
6088 machines.
6089
6090 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6091 of the iSCSI hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6092 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6093 times) even when
6094 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6095 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6096 attached to a running virtual machine.
6097
6098 <note>
6099 In the current imlementation, the type of all iSCSI hard disks
6100 is <link to="HardDiskType::WritethroughHardDisk">Writethrough</link>
6101 and cannot be changed.
6102 </note>
6103
6104 </desc>
6105
6106 <attribute name="server" type="wstring">
6107 <desc>
6108
6109 iSCSI Server name (either a host name or an IP address). For
6110 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6111
6112 </desc>
6113 </attribute>
6114
6115 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short">
6116 <desc>
6117
6118 iSCSI Server port. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6119 value is <tt>0</tt>, which means the default port.
6120
6121 </desc>
6122 </attribute>
6123
6124 <attribute name="target" type="wstring">
6125 <desc>
6126
6127 iSCSI target name. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6128 value is <tt>null</tt>.
6129
6130 </desc>
6131 </attribute>
6132
6133 <attribute name="lun" type="unsigned long long">
6134 <desc>
6135
6136 Logical unit number for this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6137 disk objects, this value is <tt>0</tt>.
6138
6139 </desc>
6140 </attribute>
6141
6142 <attribute name="userName" type="wstring">
6143 <desc>
6144
6145 User name for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6146 disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6147
6148 </desc>
6149 </attribute>
6150
6151 <attribute name="password" type="wstring">
6152 <desc>
6153
6154 User password for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created
6155 hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6156
6157 </desc>
6158 </attribute>
6159
6160 </interface>
6161
6162 <!--
6163 // IVMDKImage
6164 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6165 -->
6166
6167 <interface
6168 name="IVMDKImage" extends="$unknown"
6169 uuid="178398f5-8559-4fee-979e-420af5b53eef"
6170 wsmap="managed"
6171 >
6172 <desc>
6173 The IVMDKImage interface represents a specific type of
6174 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses VMDK image files.
6175
6176 The Virtual Machine Disk (VMDK) format is the industry standard format
6177 for virtual hard disk image files, which VirtualBox supports besides its
6178 own native VDI format.
6179
6180 Objects that support this interface also support the
6181 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6182
6183 Hard disks using VMDK images can be either opened using
6184 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6185 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6186
6187 When a new hard disk object is created from scatch, an image file for it
6188 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6189 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6190 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6191 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6192 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6193 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6194 virtual machines.
6195
6196 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6197 of the VMDK hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6198 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6199 times) even when
6200 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6201 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6202 attached to a running virtual machine.
6203
6204 <note>
6205 In the current imlementation, the type of all VMDK hard disks
6206 is <link to="HardDiskType::WritethroughHardDisk">Writethrough</link>
6207 and cannot be changed.
6208 </note>
6209
6210 </desc>
6211
6212 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6213 <desc>
6214
6215 Full file name of the VMDK image of this hard disk. For
6216 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6217
6218 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6219 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6220 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6221 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6222 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6223
6224 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6225
6226 <note>
6227 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6228 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6229 </note>
6230
6231 </desc>
6232 </attribute>
6233
6234 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6235 <desc>
6236
6237 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6238 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6239 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6240 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6241 is called.
6242
6243 </desc>
6244 </attribute>
6245
6246 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6247
6248 <desc>
6249
6250 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6251 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6252 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6253 the operation will fail.
6254
6255 <note>
6256 After the returned progress object reports that the
6257 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6258 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6259 this VirtualBox installation.
6260 </note>
6261
6262 </desc>
6263
6264 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6265 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6266 </param>
6267 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6268 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6269 </param>
6270
6271 </method>
6272
6273 <method name="createFixedImage">
6274 <desc>
6275
6276 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6277 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6278 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6279
6280 <note>
6281 After the returned progress object reports that the
6282 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6283 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6284 this VirtualBox installation.
6285 </note>
6286
6287 </desc>
6288
6289 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6290 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6291 </param>
6292 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6293 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6294 </param>
6295
6296 </method>
6297
6298 <method name="deleteImage">
6299 <desc>
6300
6301 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6302 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6303 operation will fail.
6304
6305 <note>
6306 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6307 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6308 </note>
6309
6310 <note>
6311 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6312 they are unregistered using
6313 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6314 </note>
6315
6316 </desc>
6317 </method>
6318
6319 </interface>
6320
6321 <!--
6322 // ICustomHardDisk
6323 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6324 -->
6325
6326 <interface
6327 name="ICustomHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6328 uuid="a7b0236d-3ff4-47c0-a4aa-ddc4ddc1141a"
6329 wsmap="managed"
6330 >
6331 <desc>
6332 The ICustomHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6333 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that is supported through a third-party plugin.
6334
6335 This interface allows to add support for custom hard disk formats to
6336 VirtualBox.
6337
6338 Objects that support this interface also support the
6339 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6340
6341 Hard disks using custom hard disk formats can be either opened using
6342 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from scratch using
6343 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6344
6345 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for
6346 it is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6347 valid <link to="#location">location</link>, and call
6348 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6349 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6350 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6351 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6352 virtual machines.
6353
6354 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6355 of the hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6356 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6357 times) even when
6358 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6359 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6360 attached to a running virtual machine.
6361
6362 </desc>
6363
6364 <attribute name="location" type="wstring">
6365 <desc>
6366
6367 Location of this custom hard disk. For
6368 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6369
6370 The format of the location string is plugin-dependent. In case if the
6371 plugin uses a regular file in the local file system to store hard disk
6372 data, then the location is a file path and the following rules apply:
6373 <ul>
6374 <li>
6375 when assigning a new path, it must be absolute (full path) or
6376 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6377 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6378 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default
6379 VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6380 </li>
6381 <li>
6382 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6383 </li>
6384 </ul>
6385
6386 <note>
6387 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6388 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6389 </note>
6390
6391 </desc>
6392 </attribute>
6393
6394 <attribute name="format" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6395 <desc>
6396
6397 The plugin name of the image file.
6398
6399 </desc>
6400 </attribute>
6401
6402 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6403 <desc>
6404
6405 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6406 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6407 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6408 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6409 is called.
6410
6411 </desc>
6412 </attribute>
6413
6414 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6415
6416 <desc>
6417
6418 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6419 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6420 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6421 the operation will fail.
6422
6423 <note>
6424 After the returned progress object reports that the
6425 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6426 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6427 this VirtualBox installation.
6428 </note>
6429
6430 </desc>
6431
6432 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6433 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6434 </param>
6435 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6436 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6437 </param>
6438
6439 </method>
6440
6441 <method name="createFixedImage">
6442 <desc>
6443
6444 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6445 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6446 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6447
6448 <note>
6449 After the returned progress object reports that the
6450 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6451 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6452 this VirtualBox installation.
6453 </note>
6454
6455 </desc>
6456
6457 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6458 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6459 </param>
6460 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6461 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6462 </param>
6463
6464 </method>
6465
6466 <method name="deleteImage">
6467 <desc>
6468
6469 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6470 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6471 operation will fail.
6472
6473 <note>
6474 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6475 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6476 </note>
6477
6478 <note>
6479 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6480 they are unregistered using
6481 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6482 </note>
6483
6484 </desc>
6485 </method>
6486
6487 </interface>
6488
6489 <!--
6490 // IDVDImage
6491 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6492 -->
6493
6494 <enumerator
6495 name="IDVDImageEnumerator" type="IDVDImage"
6496 uuid="9BE77C8D-E1BE-4bf2-A67B-B4DD3D2B0F28"
6497 />
6498
6499 <collection
6500 name="IDVDImageCollection" type="IDVDImage"
6501 enumerator="IDVDImageEnumerator"
6502 uuid="AE7053FA-ADD2-4ea4-AFCF-24D5F8DDED64"
6503 readonly="yes"
6504 >
6505 <method name="findByPath">
6506 <desc>
6507 Searches this collection for a DVD image with the given disk path.
6508 <note>
6509 The method returns an error if the given name does not
6510 correspond to any DVD image in the collection.
6511 </note>
6512 </desc>
6513 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
6514 <desc>Name of the DVD image's file system location.</desc>
6515 </param>
6516 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
6517 <desc>Found DVD image object</desc>
6518 </param>
6519 </method>
6520 </collection>
6521
6522 <interface
6523 name="IDVDImage" extends="$unknown"
6524 uuid="140FFF03-E479-4194-8562-ABC4F8171009"
6525 wsmap="managed"
6526 >
6527 <desc>
6528
6529 The IDVDImage interface represents a file containing the image
6530 of the DVD or CD disk.
6531
6532 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
6533
6534 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
6535 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
6536 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
6537 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
6538 the image file size) until a new accessibility
6539 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
6540
6541 <note>
6542 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
6543 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
6544 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
6545 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
6546 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
6547 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
6548 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
6549 </note>
6550
6551 </desc>
6552 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6553 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
6554 </attribute>
6555
6556 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6557 <desc>Full file name of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
6558 </attribute>
6559
6560 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6561 <desc>
6562
6563 Whether the CD/DVD image is currently accessible or not.
6564 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
6565 on a network share that is not available by the time
6566 this property is read.
6567
6568 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
6569 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
6570 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
6571 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
6572
6573 The following attributes of the image object are considered
6574 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
6575 <ul>
6576 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
6577 </ul>
6578
6579 </desc>
6580 </attribute>
6581
6582 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6583 <desc>Size of the ISO image in bytes.</desc>
6584 </attribute>
6585
6586 </interface>
6587
6588
6589 <!--
6590 // IDVDDrive
6591 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6592 -->
6593
6594 <enum
6595 name="DriveState"
6596 uuid="cb7233b7-c519-42a5-8310-1830953cacbc"
6597 >
6598 <const name="InvalidDriveState" value="0"/>
6599 <const name="NotMounted" value="1"/>
6600 <const name="ImageMounted" value="2"/>
6601 <const name="HostDriveCaptured" value="3"/>
6602 </enum>
6603
6604 <interface
6605 name="IDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
6606 uuid="d9bd101a-8079-4fb9-bad1-31bf32482b75"
6607 wsmap="managed"
6608 >
6609 <desc>
6610 The IDVDDrive interface represents the virtual CD/DVD drive of the
6611 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive"/>.
6612 </desc>
6613 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
6614 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
6615 </attribute>
6616
6617 <attribute name="passthrough" type="boolean">
6618 <desc>
6619 When a host drive is mounted and passthrough is enabled
6620 the guest will be able to directly send SCSI commands to
6621 the host drive. This enables the guest to use CD/DVD writers
6622 but is potentially dangerous.
6623 </desc>
6624 </attribute>
6625
6626 <method name="mountImage">
6627 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
6628 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
6629 </method>
6630
6631 <method name="captureHostDrive">
6632 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
6633 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="in"/>
6634 </method>
6635
6636 <method name="unmount">
6637 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
6638 </method>
6639
6640 <method name="getImage">
6641 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
6642 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return"/>
6643 </method>
6644
6645 <method name="getHostDrive">
6646 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
6647 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return"/>
6648 </method>
6649
6650 </interface>
6651
6652 <!--
6653 // IFloppyImage
6654 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6655 -->
6656
6657 <enumerator
6658 name="IFloppyImageEnumerator" type="IFloppyImage"
6659 uuid="902C4089-76B7-41f1-91E8-49A261A28A2C"
6660 />
6661
6662 <collection
6663 name="IFloppyImageCollection" type="IFloppyImage"
6664 enumerator="IFloppyImageEnumerator"
6665 uuid="327A8928-8572-446e-AD9A-18FE30E81F3F"
6666 readonly="yes">
6667 <method name="findByPath">
6668 <desc>
6669 Searches this collection for a floppy image with the given disk path.
6670 <note>
6671 The method returns an error if the given name does not
6672 correspond to any floppy image in the collection.
6673 </note>
6674 </desc>
6675 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
6676 <desc>Name of the floppy image's file system location.</desc>
6677 </param>
6678 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
6679 <desc>Found Floppy image object</desc>
6680 </param>
6681 </method>
6682 </collection>
6683
6684 <interface
6685 name="IFloppyImage" extends="$unknown"
6686 uuid="CC696755-EA98-4ffe-9DC5-C003047034AB"
6687 wsmap="managed"
6688 >
6689 <desc>
6690
6691 The IFloppyImage interface represents a file containing the image
6692 of a floppy disk.
6693
6694 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
6695
6696 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
6697 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
6698 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
6699 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
6700 the image file size) until a new accessibility
6701 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
6702
6703 <note>
6704 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
6705 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
6706 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
6707 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
6708 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
6709 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
6710 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
6711 </note>
6712
6713 </desc>
6714 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6715 <desc>UUID of the floppy image.</desc>
6716 </attribute>
6717
6718 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6719 <desc>Full file name of the floppy image.</desc>
6720 </attribute>
6721
6722 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6723 <desc>
6724
6725 Whether the floppy image is currently accessible or not.
6726 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
6727 on a network share that is not available by the time
6728 this property is read.
6729
6730 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
6731 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
6732 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
6733 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
6734
6735 The following attributes of the image object are considered
6736 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
6737 <ul>
6738 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
6739 </ul>
6740
6741 </desc>
6742 </attribute>
6743
6744 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
6745 <desc>Size of the floppy image in bytes.</desc>
6746 </attribute>
6747
6748 </interface>
6749
6750
6751 <!--
6752 // IFloppyDrive
6753 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6754 -->
6755
6756 <interface
6757 name="IFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
6758 uuid="E9318F71-78D2-4b00-863C-B7CB0030A2D9"
6759 wsmap="managed"
6760 >
6761 <desc>
6762 The IFloppyDrive interface represents the virtual floppy drive of the
6763 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive" />.
6764 </desc>
6765
6766 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
6767 <desc>
6768 Flag whether the floppy drive is enabled. If it is disabled,
6769 the floppy drive will not be reported to the guest.
6770 </desc>
6771 </attribute>
6772
6773 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
6774 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
6775 </attribute>
6776
6777 <method name="mountImage">
6778 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
6779 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
6780 </method>
6781
6782 <method name="captureHostDrive">
6783 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
6784 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="in"/>
6785 </method>
6786
6787 <method name="unmount">
6788 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
6789 </method>
6790
6791 <method name="getImage">
6792 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
6793 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return"/>
6794 </method>
6795
6796 <method name="getHostDrive">
6797 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
6798 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return"/>
6799 </method>
6800
6801 </interface>
6802
6803
6804 <!--
6805 // IKeyboard
6806 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6807 -->
6808
6809 <interface
6810 name="IKeyboard" extends="$unknown"
6811 uuid="FD443EC1-000A-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
6812 wsmap="managed"
6813 >
6814 <desc>
6815 The IKeyboard interface represents the virtual machine's keyboard. Used
6816 in <link to="IConsole::keyboard"/>.
6817
6818 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual keyboard can be controlled. One
6819 can send keystrokes to the virtual machine and send the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to it.
6820 </desc>
6821 <method name="putScancode">
6822 <desc>Sends a scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
6823 <param name="scancode" type="long" dir="in"/>
6824 </method>
6825
6826 <method name="putScancodes">
6827 <desc>Sends an array of scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
6828 <param name="scancodes" type="long" dir="in" array="count"/>
6829 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
6830 <param name="codesStored" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
6831 </method>
6832
6833 <method name="putCAD">
6834 <desc>Sends the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to the keyboard.</desc>
6835 </method>
6836
6837 </interface>
6838
6839
6840 <!--
6841 // IMouse
6842 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6843 -->
6844
6845 <enum
6846 name="MouseButtonState"
6847 uuid="03131722-2EC5-4173-9794-0DACA46673EF"
6848 >
6849 <const name="LeftButton" value="0x01"/>
6850 <const name="RightButton" value="0x02"/>
6851 <const name="MiddleButton" value="0x04"/>
6852 <const name="WheelUp" value="0x08"/>
6853 <const name="WheelDown" value="0x10"/>
6854 <const name="MouseStateMask" value="0x1F"/>
6855 </enum>
6856
6857 <interface
6858 name="IMouse" extends="$unknown"
6859 uuid="FD443EC1-0006-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
6860 wsmap="managed"
6861 >
6862 <desc>
6863 The IMouse interface represents the virtual machine's mouse. Used in
6864 <link to="IConsole::mouse"/>.
6865
6866 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual mouse can be
6867 controlled.
6868 </desc>
6869
6870 <attribute name="absoluteSupported" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6871 <desc>
6872 Whether the guest OS supports absolute mouse pointer positioning
6873 or not.
6874 <note>
6875 VirtualBox Guest Tools need to be installed to the guest OS
6876 in order to enable absolute mouse positioning support.
6877 You can use the <link to="IConsoleCallback::onMouseCapabilityChange"/>
6878 callback to be instantly informed about changes of this attribute
6879 during virtual machine execution.
6880 </note>
6881 <see><link to="#putMouseEventAbsolute"/></see>
6882 </desc>
6883 </attribute>
6884
6885 <method name="putMouseEvent">
6886 <desc>
6887 Initiates a mouse event using relative pointer movements
6888 along x and y axis.
6889 </desc>
6890
6891 <param name="dx" type="long" dir="in">
6892 <desc>
6893 Amout of pixels the mouse should move to the right.
6894 Negative values move the mouse to the left.
6895 </desc>
6896 </param>
6897 <param name="dy" type="long" dir="in">
6898 <desc>
6899 Amout of pixels the mouse should move downwards.
6900 Negative values move the mouse upwards.
6901 </desc>
6902 </param>
6903 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
6904 <desc>
6905 Amount of mouse wheel moves.
6906 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
6907 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
6908 </desc>
6909 </param>
6910 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
6911 <desc>
6912 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
6913 a mouse button as follows:
6914 <table>
6915 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
6916 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
6917 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
6918 </table>
6919 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
6920 otherwise it is released.
6921 </desc>
6922 </param>
6923 </method>
6924
6925 <method name="putMouseEventAbsolute">
6926 <desc>
6927 Positions the mouse pointer using absolute x and y coordinates.
6928 These coordinates are expressed in pixels and
6929 start from <tt>[1,1]</tt> which corresponds to the top left
6930 corner of the virtual display.
6931
6932 <note>
6933 This method will have effect only if absolute mouse
6934 positioning is supported by the guest OS.
6935 </note>
6936
6937 <see><link to="#absoluteSupported"/></see>
6938 </desc>
6939
6940 <param name="x" type="long" dir="in">
6941 <desc>
6942 X coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
6943 </desc>
6944 </param>
6945 <param name="y" type="long" dir="in">
6946 <desc>
6947 Y coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
6948 </desc>
6949 </param>
6950 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
6951 <desc>
6952 Amout of mouse wheel moves.
6953 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
6954 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
6955 </desc>
6956 </param>
6957 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
6958 <desc>
6959 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
6960 a mouse button as follows:
6961 <table>
6962 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
6963 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
6964 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
6965 </table>
6966 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
6967 otherwise it is released.
6968 </desc>
6969 </param>
6970 </method>
6971
6972 </interface>
6973
6974 <!--
6975 // IDisplay
6976 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6977 -->
6978
6979 <enum
6980 name="FramebufferAccelerationOperation"
6981 uuid="f0e5ebbe-dc8e-4e2d-916e-53baa3844df8"
6982 >
6983 <const name="SolidFillAcceleration" value="1"/>
6984 <const name="ScreenCopyAcceleration" value="2"/>
6985 </enum>
6986
6987 <enum
6988 name="FramebufferPixelFormat"
6989 uuid="6b27d1fc-4f2c-4e9c-a166-01d06540305d"
6990 >
6991 <desc>
6992 Format of the video memory buffer. Constants represented by this enum can
6993 be used to test for particular values of <link
6994 to="IFramebuffer::pixelFormat"/>. See also <link
6995 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/>.
6996
6997 See also www.fourcc.org for more informantion about FOURCC pixel formats.
6998 </desc>
6999 <const name="PixelFormatOpaque" value="0xFFFFFFFF">
7000 <desc>
7001 Unknown buffer format. The user may not assume any particular
7002 format of the buffer.
7003 </desc>
7004 </const>
7005 <const name="FOURCC_RGB" value="0x32424752">
7006 <desc>
7007 Basic RGB format. <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/> determines
7008 the bit layout.
7009 </desc>
7010 </const>
7011 </enum>
7012
7013 <interface
7014 name="IFramebuffer" extends="$unknown"
7015 uuid="af431304-5b09-40e2-94da-3c3cb03822c1"
7016 wsmap="suppress"
7017 >
7018 <attribute name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" readonly="yes">
7019 <desc>Address of the start byte of the framebuffer.</desc>
7020 </attribute>
7021
7022 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7023 <desc>Framebuffer width, in pixels.</desc>
7024 </attribute>
7025
7026 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7027 <desc>Framebuffer height, in pixels.</desc>
7028 </attribute>
7029
7030 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7031 <desc>
7032 Color depth, in bits per pixel. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7033 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, valid values
7034 are: 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32.
7035 </desc>
7036 </attribute>
7037
7038 <attribute name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7039 <desc>
7040 Scan line size, in bytes. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7041 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, the
7042 size of the scan line must be aligned to 32 bits.
7043 </desc>
7044 </attribute>
7045
7046 <attribute name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7047 <desc>
7048 Framebuffer pixel format. It's either one of the values defined by <link
7049 to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/> or a raw FOURCC code.
7050 <note>
7051 This attribute must never return <link
7052 to="PixelFormat::PixelFormatOpaque"/> -- the format of the buffer
7053 <link to="#address"/> points to must be always known.
7054 </note>
7055 </desc>
7056 </attribute>
7057
7058 <attribute name="usesGuestVRAM" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7059 <desc>
7060 Defines whether this framebuffer uses the virtual video card's memory
7061 buffer (guest VRAM) directly or not. See <link
7062 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/> for more information.
7063 </desc>
7064 </attribute>
7065
7066 <attribute name="heightReduction" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7067 <desc>
7068 Hint from the framebuffer about how much of the standard
7069 screen height it wants to use for itself. This information is
7070 exposed to the guest through the VESA BIOS and VMMDev interface
7071 so that it can use it for determining its video mode table. It
7072 is not guaranteed that the guest respects the value.
7073 </desc>
7074 </attribute>
7075
7076 <attribute name="overlay" type="IFramebufferOverlay" readonly="yes">
7077 <desc>
7078 An alpha-blended overlay which is superposed over the framebuffer.
7079 The initial purpose is to allow the display of icons providing
7080 information about the VM state, including disk activity, in front
7081 ends which do not have other means of doing that. The overlay is
7082 designed to controlled exclusively by IDisplay. It has no locking
7083 of its own, and any changes made to it are not guaranteed to be
7084 visible until the affected portion of IFramebuffer is updated. The
7085 overlay can be created lazily the first time it is requested. This
7086 attribute can also return NULL to signal that the overlay is not
7087 implemented.
7088 </desc>
7089 </attribute>
7090
7091 <method name="lock">
7092 <desc>
7093 Locks the framebuffer.
7094 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7095 bound to.
7096 </desc>
7097 </method>
7098
7099 <method name="unlock">
7100 <desc>
7101 Unlocks the framebuffer.
7102 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7103 bound to.
7104 </desc>
7105 </method>
7106
7107 <method name="notifyUpdate">
7108 <desc>
7109 Informs about an update.
7110 Gets called by the display object where this buffer is
7111 registered.
7112 </desc>
7113 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7114 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7115 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7116 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7117 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7118 </method>
7119
7120 <method name="requestResize">
7121 <desc>
7122 Requests a size and pixel format change.
7123
7124 There are two modes of working with the video buffer of the virtual
7125 machine. The <i>indirect</i> mode implies that the IFramebuffer
7126 implementation allocates a memory buffer for the requested display mode
7127 and provides it to the virtual machine. In <i>direct</i> mode, the
7128 IFramebuffer implementation uses the memory buffer allocated and owned
7129 by the virtual machine. This buffer represents the video memory of the
7130 emulated video adapter (so called <i>guest VRAM</i>). The direct mode is
7131 usually faster because the implementation gets a raw pointer to the
7132 guest VRAM buffer which it can directly use for visualising the contents
7133 of the virtual display, as opposed to the indirect mode where the
7134 contents of guest VRAM are copied to the memory buffer provided by
7135 the implementation every time a display update occurs.
7136
7137 It is important to note that the direct mode is really fast only when
7138 the implementation uses the given guest VRAM buffer directly, for
7139 example, by blitting it to the window representing the virtual machine's
7140 display, which saves at least one copy operation comparing to the
7141 indirect mode. However, using the guest VRAM buffer directly is not
7142 always possible: the format and the color depth of this buffer may be
7143 not supported by the target window, or it may be unknown (opaque) as in
7144 case of text or non-linear multi-plane VGA video modes. In this case,
7145 the indirect mode (that is always available) should be used as a
7146 fallback: when the guest VRAM contents are copied to the
7147 implementation-provided memory buffer, color and format conversion is
7148 done authomatically by the underlying code.
7149
7150 The @a pixelFormat parameter defines whether the direct mode is
7151 available or not. If @a pixelFormat is <link
7152 to="PixelFormat::PixelFormatOpaque"/> then direct access to the guest
7153 VRAM buffer is not available -- the @a VRAM, @a bitsPerPixel and @a
7154 bytesPerLine parameters must be ignored and the implementation must use
7155 the indirect mode (where it provides its own buffer in one of the
7156 supported formats). In all other cases, @a pixelFormat together with @a
7157 bitsPerPixel and @a bytesPerLine define the format of the video memory
7158 buffer pointed to by the @a VRAM parameter and the implementation is
7159 free to choose which mode to use. To indicate that this framebuffer uses
7160 the direct mode, the implementation of the <link to="#usesGuestVRAM"/>
7161 attribute must return <tt>true</tt> and <link to="#address"/> must
7162 return exactly the same address that is passed in the @a VRAM parameter
7163 of this method; otherwise it is assumed that the indirect strategy is
7164 chosen.
7165
7166 The @a width and @a height parameters represent the size of the
7167 requested display mode in both modes. In case of indirect mode, the
7168 provided memory buffer should be big enough to store data of the given
7169 display mode. In case of direct mode, it is guaranteed that the given @a
7170 VRAM buffer contains enough space to represent the display mode of the
7171 given size. Note that this framebuffer's <link to="#width"/> and <link
7172 to="#height"/> attributes must return exactly the same values as
7173 passed to this method after the resize is completed (see below).
7174
7175 The @a finished output parameter determines if the implementation has
7176 finished resizing the framebuffer or not. If, for some reason, the
7177 resize cannot be finished immediately during this call, @a finished
7178 must be set to @c false, and the implementation must call
7179 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> after it has returned from
7180 this method as soon as possible. If @a finished is @c false, the
7181 machine will not call any framebuffer methods until
7182 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7183
7184 Note that if the direct mode is chosen, the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>,
7185 <link to="#bytesPerLine"/> and <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attributes of
7186 this framebuffer must return exactly the same values as specified in the
7187 parameters of this method, after the resize is completed. If the
7188 indirect mode is chosen, these attributes must return values describing
7189 the format of the implementation's own memory buffer <link
7190 to="#address"/> points to. Note also that the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>
7191 value must always correlate with <link to="#pixelFormat"/>. Note that
7192 the <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attribute must never return <link
7193 to="PixelFormat::PixelFormatOpaque"/> regardless of the selected mode.
7194
7195 <note>
7196 This method is called by the IDisplay object under the
7197 <link to="#lock()"/> provided by this IFramebuffer
7198 implementation. If this method returns @c false in @a finished, then
7199 this lock is not released until
7200 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7201 </note>
7202 </desc>
7203 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7204 <desc>
7205 Logical screen number. Must be used in the corresponding call to
7206 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> if this call is made.
7207 </desc>
7208 </param>
7209 <param name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7210 <desc>
7211 Pixel format of the memory buffer pointed to by @a VRAM.
7212 See also <link to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/>.
7213 </desc>
7214 </param>
7215 <param name="VRAM" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7216 <desc>Pointer to the virtual video card's VRAM (may be @c null).</desc>
7217 </param>
7218 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7219 <desc>Color depth, bits per pixel.</desc>
7220 </param>
7221 <param name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7222 <desc>Size of one scan line, in bytes.</desc>
7223 </param>
7224 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7225 <desc>Width of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7226 </param>
7227 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7228 <desc>Height of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7229 </param>
7230 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return">
7231 <desc>
7232 Can the VM start using the new framebuffer immediately
7233 after this method returns or it should wait for
7234 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/>.
7235 </desc>
7236 </param>
7237 </method>
7238
7239 <method name="operationSupported">
7240 <desc>
7241 Returns whether the given acceleration operation is supported
7242 by the IFramebuffer implementation. If not, the display object
7243 will not attempt to call the corresponding IFramebuffer entry
7244 point. Even if an operation is indicated to supported, the
7245 IFramebuffer implementation always has the option to return non
7246 supported from the corresponding acceleration method in which
7247 case the operation will be performed by the display engine. This
7248 allows for reduced IFramebuffer implementation complexity where
7249 only common cases are handled.
7250 </desc>
7251 <param name="operation" type="FramebufferAccelerationOperation" dir="in"/>
7252 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7253 </method>
7254
7255 <method name="videoModeSupported">
7256 <desc>
7257 Returns whether the framebuffer implementation is willing to
7258 support a given video mode. In case it is not able to render
7259 the video mode (or for some reason not willing), it should
7260 return false. Usually this method is called when the guest
7261 asks the VMM device whether a given video mode is supported
7262 so the information returned is directly exposed to the guest.
7263 It is important that this method returns very quickly.
7264 </desc>
7265 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7266 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7267 <param name="bpp" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7268 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7269 </method>
7270
7271 <method name="solidFill">
7272 <desc>
7273 Fills the specified rectangle on screen with a solid color.
7274 </desc>
7275 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7276 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7277 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7278 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7279 <param name="color" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7280 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7281 </method>
7282
7283 <method name="copyScreenBits">
7284 <desc>
7285 Copies specified rectangle on the screen.
7286 </desc>
7287 <param name="xDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7288 <param name="yDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7289 <param name="xSrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7290 <param name="ySrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7291 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7292 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7293 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7294 </method>
7295
7296 <method name="getVisibleRegion">
7297 <desc>
7298 Returns the visible region of this framebuffer.
7299
7300 If the @a rectangles parameter is <tt>NULL</tt> then the value of the
7301 @a count parameter is ignored and the number of elements necessary to
7302 describe the current visible region is returned in @a countCopied.
7303
7304 If @a rectangles is not <tt>NULL</tt> but @a count is less
7305 than the required number of elements to store region data, the method
7306 will report a failure. If @a count is equal or greater than the
7307 required number of elements, then the actual number of elements copied
7308 to the provided array will be returned in @a countCopied.
7309
7310 <note>
7311 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7312 this IFramebuffer object.
7313 </note>
7314 </desc>
7315 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7316 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array to receive region data.</desc>
7317 </param>
7318 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7319 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7320 </param>
7321 <param name="countCopied" type="unsigned long" dir="return">
7322 <desc>Number of elements copied to the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7323 </param>
7324 </method>
7325
7326 <method name="setVisibleRegion">
7327 <desc>
7328 Suggests a new visible region to this framebuffer. This region
7329 represents the area of the VM display which is a union of regions of
7330 all top-level windows of the guest operating system running inside the
7331 VM (if the Guest Additions for this system support this
7332 functionality). This information may be used by the frontends to
7333 implement the seamless desktop integration feature.
7334
7335 <note>
7336 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7337 this IFramebuffer object.
7338 </note>
7339 <note>
7340 The IFramebuffer implementation must make a copy of the provided
7341 array of rectangles.
7342 </note>
7343 </desc>
7344 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7345 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array.</desc>
7346 </param>
7347 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7348 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7349 </param>
7350 </method>
7351
7352 </interface>
7353
7354 <interface
7355 name="IFramebufferOverlay" extends="IFrameBuffer"
7356 uuid="0bcc1c7e-e415-47d2-bfdb-e4c705fb0f47"
7357 wsmap="suppress"
7358 >
7359 <desc>
7360 The IFramebufferOverlay interface represents an alpha blended overlay
7361 for displaying status icons above an IFramebuffer. It is always created
7362 not visible, so that it must be explicitly shown. It only covers a
7363 portion of the IFramebuffer, determined by its width, height and
7364 co-ordinates. It is always in packed pixel little-endian 32bit ARGB (in
7365 that order) format, and may be written to directly. Do re-read the
7366 width though, after setting it, as it may be adjusted (increased) to
7367 make it more suitable for the front end.
7368 </desc>
7369 <attribute name="x" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7370 <desc>X position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7371 </attribute>
7372
7373 <attribute name="y" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7374 <desc>Y position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7375 </attribute>
7376
7377 <attribute name="visible" type="boolean" readonly="no">
7378 <desc>
7379 Whether the overlay is currently visible.
7380 </desc>
7381 </attribute>
7382
7383 <attribute name="alpha" type="unsigned long" readonly="no">
7384 <desc>
7385 The global alpha value for the overlay. This may or may not be
7386 supported by a given front end.
7387 </desc>
7388 </attribute>
7389
7390 <method name="move">
7391 <desc>
7392 Changes the overlay's position relative to the IFramebuffer.
7393 </desc>
7394 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7395 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7396 </method>
7397
7398 </interface>
7399
7400 <interface
7401 name="IDisplay" extends="$unknown"
7402 uuid="09789f63-4525-48e5-a5e4-1080453b0eab"
7403 wsmap="suppress"
7404 >
7405 <desc>
7406 The IDisplay interface represents the virtual machine's display.
7407
7408 The object implementing this interface is contained in each
7409 <link to="IConsole::display"/> attribute and represents the visual
7410 output of the virtual machine.
7411
7412 The virtual display supports pluggable output targets represented by the
7413 IFramebuffer interface. Examples of the output target are a window on
7414 the host computer or an RDP sessoin's display on a remote computer.
7415 </desc>
7416 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7417 <desc>Current display width.</desc>
7418 </attribute>
7419
7420 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7421 <desc>Current display height.</desc>
7422 </attribute>
7423
7424 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7425 <desc>
7426 Current guest display color depth. Note that this may differ
7427 from <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/>.
7428 </desc>
7429 </attribute>
7430
7431 <method name="setupInternalFramebuffer">
7432 <desc>
7433 Prepares an internally managed framebuffer.
7434 </desc>
7435 <param name="depth" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7436 </method>
7437
7438 <method name="lockFramebuffer">
7439 <desc>
7440 Requests access to the internal framebuffer.
7441 </desc>
7442 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="return"/>
7443 </method>
7444
7445 <method name="unlockFramebuffer">
7446 <desc>
7447 Releases access to the internal framebuffer.
7448 </desc>
7449 </method>
7450
7451 <method name="registerExternalFramebuffer">
7452 <desc>
7453 Registers an external framebuffer.
7454 </desc>
7455 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
7456 </method>
7457
7458 <method name="setFramebuffer">
7459 <desc>
7460 Sets the framebuffer for given screen.
7461 </desc>
7462 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7463 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
7464 </method>
7465
7466 <method name="getFramebuffer">
7467 <desc>
7468 Queries the framebuffer for given screen.
7469 </desc>
7470 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7471 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="out"/>
7472 <param name="xOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
7473 <param name="yOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
7474 </method>
7475
7476 <method name="setVideoModeHint">
7477 <desc>
7478 Asks VirtualBox to request the given video mode from
7479 the guest. This is just a hint and it cannot be guaranteed
7480 that the requested resolution will be used. Guest Additions
7481 are required for the request to be seen by guests. The caller
7482 should issue the request and wait for a resolution change and
7483 after a timeout retry.
7484
7485 Specifying <tt>0</tt> for either @a width, @a height or @a bitsPerPixel
7486 parameters means that the corresponding values should be taken from the
7487 current video mode (i.e. left unchanged).
7488
7489 If the guest OS supports multi-monitor configuration then the @a display
7490 parameter specifies the number of the guest display to send the hint to:
7491 <tt>0</tt> is the primary display, <tt>1</tt> is the first secondary and
7492 so on. If the multi-monitor configuration is not supported, @a display
7493 must be <tt>0</tt>.
7494
7495 </desc>
7496 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7497 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7498 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7499 <param name="display" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7500 </method>
7501
7502 <method name="setSeamlessMode">
7503 <desc>
7504 Enables or disables seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
7505 integration) mode.
7506 <note>
7507 Calling this method has no effect if <link
7508 to="IGuest::supportsSeamless"/> returns <tt>false</tt>.
7509 </note>
7510 </desc>
7511 <param name="enabled" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
7512 </method>
7513
7514 <method name="takeScreenShot">
7515 <desc>
7516 Takes a screen shot of the requested size and copies it to the
7517 32-bpp buffer allocated by the caller.
7518 </desc>
7519 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
7520 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7521 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7522 </method>
7523
7524 <method name="drawToScreen">
7525 <desc>
7526 Draws a 32-bpp image of the specified size from the given buffer
7527 to the given point on the VM display.
7528 </desc>
7529 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
7530 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7531 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7532 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7533 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7534 </method>
7535
7536 <method name="invalidateAndUpdate">
7537 <desc>
7538 Does a full invalidation of the VM display and instructs the VM
7539 to update it.
7540 </desc>
7541 </method>
7542
7543 <method name="resizeCompleted">
7544 <desc>
7545 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the resize operation.
7546 </desc>
7547 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7548 </method>
7549
7550 <method name="updateCompleted">
7551 <desc>
7552 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the update operation.
7553 </desc>
7554 </method>
7555
7556 </interface>
7557
7558 <!--
7559 // INetworkAdapter
7560 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7561 -->
7562
7563 <enum
7564 name="NetworkAttachmentType"
7565 uuid="8730d899-d036-4925-bc63-e58f3486f4bf"
7566 >
7567 <const name="NoNetworkAttachment" value="0"/>
7568 <const name="NATNetworkAttachment" value="1"/>
7569 <const name="HostInterfaceNetworkAttachment" value="2"/>
7570 <const name="InternalNetworkAttachment" value="3"/>
7571 </enum>
7572
7573 <enum
7574 name="NetworkAdapterType"
7575 uuid="156b17b9-5d61-4d54-be90-62e37dda848d"
7576 >
7577 <const name="InvalidNetworkAdapterType" value="0"/>
7578 <const name="NetworkAdapterAm79C970A" value="1"/>
7579 <const name="NetworkAdapterAm79C973" value="2"/>
7580 <const name="NetworkAdapter82540EM" value="3"/>
7581 </enum>
7582
7583 <interface
7584 name="INetworkAdapter" extends="$unknown"
7585 uuid="78dfc978-ecb0-44ee-8b20-54549dd4539e"
7586 wsmap="managed"
7587 >
7588 <attribute name="adapterType" type="NetworkAdapterType">
7589 <desc>
7590 Type of the virtual network adapter. Depending on this value,
7591 VirtualBox will provide a different virtual network hardware
7592 to the guest.
7593 </desc>
7594 </attribute>
7595
7596 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7597 <desc>
7598 Slot number this adapter is plugged into. Corresponds to
7599 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter"/>
7600 to obtain this instance.
7601 </desc>
7602 </attribute>
7603
7604 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7605 <desc>
7606 Flag whether the network adapter is present in the
7607 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
7608 not contain this network adapter. Can only be changed when
7609 the VM is not running.
7610 </desc>
7611 </attribute>
7612
7613 <attribute name="MACAddress" type="wstring">
7614 <desc>
7615 Ethernet MAC address of the adapter, 12 hexadecimal characters. When setting
7616 it to NULL, VirtualBox will generate a unique MAC address.
7617 </desc>
7618 </attribute>
7619
7620 <attribute name="attachmentType" type="NetworkAttachmentType" readonly="yes"/>
7621
7622 <attribute name="hostInterface" type="wstring">
7623 <desc>
7624 Name of the Host Network Interface that is currently in use. NULL will be returned
7625 if no device has been allocated. On Linux, setting this refers to a permanent TAP
7626 device. However, a file descriptor has precedence over the interface name on Linux.
7627 Note that when VBox allocates a TAP device, this property will not be set, i.e. the
7628 interface name would have to be determined using the file descriptor and /proc/self/fd.
7629 </desc>
7630 </attribute>
7631
7632<if target="xpidl">
7633 <attribute name="TAPFileDescriptor" type="long">
7634 <desc>
7635 File descriptor of the TAP device. It can either be setup by the caller
7636 which has to supply an existing valid file handle allocated in the parent
7637 process of the VM process or allocated by VirtualBox. The value is -1 if it
7638 has not been defined. This property is non persistent, i.e. it will not be
7639 stored in the VM's configuration data and thus has to be set at each startup.
7640 </desc>
7641 </attribute>
7642 <attribute name="TAPSetupApplication" type="wstring">
7643 <desc>
7644 Application to start to configure the TAP device.
7645 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
7646 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
7647 </desc>
7648 </attribute>
7649 <attribute name="TAPTerminateApplication" type="wstring">
7650 <desc>
7651 Application to start before closing a TAP device.
7652 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
7653 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
7654 </desc>
7655 </attribute>
7656</if>
7657
7658 <attribute name="internalNetwork" type="wstring">
7659 <desc>
7660 Name of the internal network the VM is attached to.
7661 </desc>
7662 </attribute>
7663
7664 <attribute name="cableConnected" type="boolean">
7665 <desc>
7666 Flag whether the adapter reports the cable as connected or not.
7667 It can be used to report offline situations to a VM.
7668 </desc>
7669 </attribute>
7670
7671 <attribute name="lineSpeed" type="unsigned long">
7672 <desc>
7673 Line speed reported by custom drivers, in units of 1 kbps.
7674 </desc>
7675 </attribute>
7676
7677 <attribute name="traceEnabled" type="boolean">
7678 <desc>
7679 Flag whether network traffic from/to the network card should be traced.
7680 Can only be toggled when the VM is turned off.
7681 </desc>
7682 </attribute>
7683
7684 <attribute name="traceFile" type="wstring">
7685 <desc>
7686 Filename where a network trace will be stored. If not set, VBox-pid.pcap
7687 will be used.
7688 </desc>
7689 </attribute>
7690
7691 <method name="attachToNAT">
7692 <desc>
7693 Attach the network adapter to the Network Address Translation (NAT) interface.
7694 </desc>
7695 </method>
7696
7697 <method name="attachToHostInterface">
7698 <desc>
7699 Attach the network adapter to a host interface. On Linux, the TAP
7700 setup application will be executed if configured and unless a device
7701 name and/or file descriptor has been set, a new TAP interface will be
7702 created.
7703 </desc>
7704 </method>
7705
7706 <method name="attachToInternalNetwork">
7707 <desc>
7708 Attach the network adapter to an internal network.
7709 </desc>
7710 </method>
7711
7712 <method name="detach">
7713 <desc>
7714 Detach the network adapter
7715 </desc>
7716 </method>
7717 </interface>
7718
7719
7720 <!--
7721 // ISerialPort
7722 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7723 -->
7724
7725 <enum
7726 name="PortMode"
7727 uuid="b266f43c-2e93-46b3-812b-c20e600e867b"
7728 >
7729 <desc>
7730 The PortMode enumeration represents possible communicaton modes for
7731 the virtual serial port device.
7732 </desc>
7733
7734 <const name="DisconnectedPort" value="0">
7735 <desc>Virtual device is not attached to any real host device.</desc>
7736 </const>
7737 <const name="HostPipePort" value="1">
7738 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host pipe.</desc>
7739 </const>
7740 <const name="HostDevicePort" value="2">
7741 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host device.</desc>
7742 </const>
7743 </enum>
7744
7745 <interface
7746 name="ISerialPort" extends="$unknown"
7747 uuid="937f6970-5103-4745-b78e-d28dcf1479a8"
7748 wsmap="managed"
7749 >
7750
7751 <desc>
7752 The ISerialPort interface represents the virtual serial port device.
7753
7754 The virtual serial port device acts like an ordinary serial port
7755 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
7756 serial port hardware in one of two modes: host pipe or host device.
7757
7758 In host pipe mode, the #path attribute specifies the path to the pipe on
7759 the host computer that represents a serial port. The #server attribute
7760 determines if this pipe is created by the virtual machine process at
7761 machine startup or it must already exist before starting machine
7762 execution.
7763
7764 In host device mode, the #path attribute specifies the name of the
7765 serial port device on the host computer.
7766
7767 There is also a third communication mode: the disconnected mode. In this
7768 mode, the guest OS running inside the virtual machine will be able to
7769 detect the serial port, but all port write operations will be discarded
7770 and all port read operations will return no data.
7771
7772 <see>IMachine::getSerial</see>
7773 </desc>
7774
7775 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7776 <desc>
7777 Slot number this serial port is plugged into. Corresponds to
7778 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort"/>
7779 to obtain this instance.
7780 </desc>
7781 </attribute>
7782
7783 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7784 <desc>
7785 Flag whether the serial port is enabled. If disabled,
7786 the serial port will not be reported to the guest OS.
7787 </desc>
7788 </attribute>
7789
7790 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
7791 <desc>Base I/O address of the serial port.</desc>
7792 </attribute>
7793
7794 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
7795 <desc>IRQ number of the serial port.</desc>
7796 </attribute>
7797
7798 <attribute name="hostMode" type="PortMode">
7799 <desc>How is this port connected to the host.</desc>
7800 </attribute>
7801
7802 <attribute name="server" type="boolean">
7803 <desc>
7804 Flag whether this serial port acts as a server (creates a new pipe on
7805 the host) or as a client (uses the existing pipe). This attribute is
7806 used only when #hostMode is PortMode::HostPipePort.
7807 </desc>
7808 </attribute>
7809
7810 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
7811 <desc>
7812 Path to the serial port's pipe on the host when #hostMode is
7813 PortMode::HostPipePort, or the host serial device name when #hostMode
7814 is PortMode::HostDevicePort. In either of the above cases, setting a
7815 @c null or an empty string as the attribute's value will result into
7816 an error.
7817 </desc>
7818 </attribute>
7819
7820 </interface>
7821
7822 <!--
7823 // IParallelPort
7824 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7825 -->
7826
7827 <interface
7828 name="IParallelPort" extends="$unknown"
7829 uuid="0c925f06-dd10-4b77-8de8-294d738c3214"
7830 wsmap="managed"
7831 >
7832
7833 <desc>
7834 The IParallelPort interface represents the virtual parallel port device.
7835
7836 The virtual parallel port device acts like an ordinary parallel port
7837 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
7838 parallel port hardware using the name of the parallel device on the host
7839 computer specified in the #path attribute.
7840
7841 Each virtual parallel port device is assigned a base I/O address and an
7842 IRQ number that will be reported to the guest operating system and used
7843 to operate the given parallel port from within the virtual machine.
7844
7845 <see>IMachine::getParallelPort</see>
7846 </desc>
7847
7848 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7849 <desc>
7850 Slot number this parallel port is plugged into. Corresponds to
7851 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort"/>
7852 to obtain this instance.
7853 </desc>
7854 </attribute>
7855
7856 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7857 <desc>
7858 Flag whether the parallel port is enabled. If disabled,
7859 the parallel port will not be reported to the guest OS.
7860 </desc>
7861 </attribute>
7862
7863 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
7864 <desc>Base I/O address of the parallel port.</desc>
7865 </attribute>
7866
7867 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
7868 <desc>IRQ number of the parallel port.</desc>
7869 </attribute>
7870
7871 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
7872 <desc>
7873 Host parallel device name. Setting a null or an empty string as this
7874 attribute's value will result into an error.
7875 </desc>
7876 </attribute>
7877
7878 </interface>
7879
7880
7881 <!--
7882 // IMachineDebugger
7883 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7884 -->
7885
7886 <interface
7887 name="IMachineDebugger" extends="$unknown"
7888 uuid="b3a02721-556a-4481-9d47-052a3f8cff90"
7889 wsmap="suppress"
7890 >
7891 <method name="resetStats">
7892 <desc>
7893 Reset VM statistics.
7894 </desc>
7895 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
7896 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
7897 </param>
7898 </method>
7899
7900 <method name="dumpStats">
7901 <desc>
7902 Dumps VM statistics.
7903 </desc>
7904 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
7905 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
7906 </param>
7907 </method>
7908
7909 <method name="getStats">
7910 <desc>
7911 Get the VM statistics in a XMLish format.
7912 </desc>
7913 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
7914 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
7915 </param>
7916 <param name="withDescriptions" type="boolean" dir="in">
7917 <desc>Whether to include the descriptions.</desc>
7918 </param>
7919 <param name="stats" type="wstring" dir="out">
7920 <desc>The XML document containing the statistics.</desc>
7921 </param>
7922 </method>
7923
7924 <attribute name="singlestep" type="boolean">
7925 <desc>Switch for enabling singlestepping.</desc>
7926 </attribute>
7927
7928 <attribute name="recompileUser" type="boolean">
7929 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for user mode code.</desc>
7930 </attribute>
7931
7932 <attribute name="recompileSupervisor" type="boolean">
7933 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for supervisor mode code.</desc>
7934 </attribute>
7935
7936 <attribute name="PATMEnabled" type="boolean">
7937 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the PATM component.</desc>
7938 </attribute>
7939
7940 <attribute name="CSAMEnabled" type="boolean">
7941 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the CSAM component.</desc>
7942 </attribute>
7943
7944 <attribute name="logEnabled" type="boolean">
7945 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling logging.</desc>
7946 </attribute>
7947
7948 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7949 <desc>
7950 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of CPU hardware
7951 virtualization extensions
7952 </desc>
7953 </attribute>
7954
7955 <attribute name="virtualTimeRate" type="unsigned long">
7956 <desc>
7957 The rate at which the virtual time runs expressed as a percentage.
7958 The accepted range is 2% to 20000%.
7959 </desc>
7960 </attribute>
7961
7962 <!-- @todo method for setting log flags, groups and destination! -->
7963
7964 <attribute name="VM" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
7965 <desc>
7966 Gets the VM handle. This is only for internal use while
7967 we carve the details of this interface.
7968 </desc>
7969 </attribute>
7970
7971 </interface>
7972
7973 <!--
7974 // IUSBController
7975 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7976 -->
7977
7978 <interface
7979 name="IUSBController" extends="$unknown"
7980 uuid="f4c2d3dc-f109-4da7-93b1-ec28973ac89f"
7981 wsmap="managed"
7982 >
7983 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7984 <desc>
7985 Flag whether the USB controller is present in the
7986 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
7987 not contain any USB controller. Can only be changed when
7988 the VM is powered off.
7989 </desc>
7990 </attribute>
7991
7992 <attribute name="enabledEhci" type="boolean">
7993 <desc>
7994 Flag whether the USB EHCI controller is present in the
7995 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
7996 not contain a USB EHCI controller. Can only be changed when
7997 the VM is powered off.
7998 </desc>
7999 </attribute>
8000
8001 <attribute name="USBStandard" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8002 <desc>
8003 USB standard version which the controller implements.
8004 This is a BCD which means that the major version is in the
8005 high byte and minor version is in the low byte.
8006 </desc>
8007 </attribute>
8008
8009 <attribute name="deviceFilters" type="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
8010 <desc>
8011 List of USB device filters associated with the machine.
8012
8013 If the machine is currently running, these filters are activated
8014 every time a new (supported) USB device is attached to the host
8015 computer that was not ignored by global filters
8016 (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>).
8017
8018 These filters are also activated when the machine is powered up.
8019 They are run against a list of all currently available USB
8020 devices (in states
8021 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceAvailable">USBDeviceAvailable</link>,
8022 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceBusy">USBDeviceBusy</link>,
8023 <link to="USBDeviceState::USBDeviceHeld">USBDeviceHeld</link>)
8024 that were not previously ignored by global filters.
8025
8026 If at least one filter matches the USB device in question, this
8027 device is automatically captured (attached to) the virtual USB
8028 controller of this machine.
8029
8030 <see>IUSBDeviceFilter, ::IUSBController</see>
8031 </desc>
8032 </attribute>
8033
8034 <method name="createDeviceFilter">
8035 <desc>
8036 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
8037 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
8038 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
8039
8040 The created filter can then be added to the list of filters using
8041 <link to="#insertDeviceFilter()"/>.
8042
8043 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8044 </desc>
8045 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8046 <desc>
8047 Filter name. See <link to="IUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
8048 for more info.
8049 </desc>
8050 </param>
8051 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8052 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
8053 </param>
8054 </method>
8055
8056 <method name="insertDeviceFilter">
8057 <desc>
8058 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
8059 in the list of filters.
8060
8061 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
8062 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8063 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
8064
8065 <note>
8066 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to inster a
8067 filter that is already in the collection, will return an
8068 error.
8069 </note>
8070
8071 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8072 </desc>
8073 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8074 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
8075 </param>
8076 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
8077 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
8078 </param>
8079 </method>
8080
8081 <method name="removeDeviceFilter">
8082 <desc>
8083 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
8084 list of filters.
8085
8086 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
8087 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8088 the list will produce an error.
8089
8090 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8091 </desc>
8092 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8093 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
8094 </param>
8095 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8096 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
8097 </param>
8098 </method>
8099
8100 </interface>
8101
8102
8103 <!--
8104 // IUSBDevice
8105 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8106 -->
8107
8108 <enumerator
8109 name="IUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IUSBDevice"
8110 uuid="aefe00f7-eb8a-454b-9ea4-fd5ad93c0e99"
8111 />
8112
8113 <collection
8114 name="IUSBDeviceCollection" type="IUSBDevice"
8115 enumerator="IUSBDeviceEnumerator"
8116 uuid="e31f3248-90dd-4ca2-95f0-6b36042d96a2"
8117 readonly="yes"
8118 >
8119 <method name="findById">
8120 <desc>
8121 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
8122 <note>
8123 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
8124 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8125 </note>
8126 <see>IUSBDevice::id</see>
8127 </desc>
8128 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
8129 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
8130 </param>
8131 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8132 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8133 </param>
8134 </method>
8135
8136 <method name="findByAddress">
8137 <desc>
8138 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
8139 host address.
8140 <note>
8141 The method returns an error if the given address does not
8142 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8143 </note>
8144 <see>IUSBDevice::address</see>
8145 </desc>
8146 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8147 <desc>
8148 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
8149 search for.
8150 </desc>
8151 </param>
8152 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8153 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8154 </param>
8155 </method>
8156
8157 </collection>
8158
8159 <interface
8160 name="IUSBDevice" extends="$unknown"
8161 uuid="850af07b-9ee8-48c2-b6b0-f6d0acbf63c3"
8162 wsmap="managed"
8163 >
8164 <desc>
8165 The IUSBDevice interface represents a virtual USB device attached to the
8166 virtual machine.
8167
8168 A collection of objects implementing this interface is stored in the
8169 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/> attribute which lists all USB devices
8170 attached to a running virtual machine's USB controller.
8171 </desc>
8172
8173 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
8174 <desc>
8175 Unique USB device ID. This ID is built from #vendorId,
8176 #productId, #revision and #serialNumber.
8177 </desc>
8178 </attribute>
8179
8180 <attribute name="vendorId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8181 <desc>Vendor ID.</desc>
8182 </attribute>
8183
8184 <attribute name="productId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8185 <desc>Product ID.</desc>
8186 </attribute>
8187
8188 <attribute name="revision" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8189 <desc>
8190 Product revision number. This is a packed BCD represented as
8191 unsigned short. The high byte is the integer part and the low
8192 byte is the decimal.
8193 </desc>
8194 </attribute>
8195
8196 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8197 <desc>Manufacturer string.</desc>
8198 </attribute>
8199
8200 <attribute name="product" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8201 <desc>Product string.</desc>
8202 </attribute>
8203
8204 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8205 <desc>Serial number string.</desc>
8206 </attribute>
8207
8208 <attribute name="address" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8209 <desc>Host specific address of the device.</desc>
8210 </attribute>
8211
8212 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8213 <desc>
8214 Host USB port number the device is physically
8215 coonected to.
8216 </desc>
8217 </attribute>
8218
8219 <attribute name="version" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8220 <desc>
8221 The major USB version of the device - 1 or 2.
8222 </desc>
8223 </attribute>
8224
8225 <attribute name="portVersion" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8226 <desc>
8227 The major USB version of the host USB port the device is
8228 physically coonected to - 1 or 2. For devices not connected to
8229 anything this will have the same value as the version attribute.
8230 </desc>
8231 </attribute>
8232
8233 <attribute name="remote" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8234 <desc>
8235 Whether the device is physically connected to a remote VRDP
8236 client or to a local host machine.
8237 </desc>
8238 </attribute>
8239
8240 </interface>
8241
8242
8243 <!--
8244 // IUSBDeviceFilter
8245 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8246 -->
8247
8248 <enumerator
8249 name="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8250 uuid="d5109c61-93e7-4726-926b-0dee1020da56"
8251 />
8252
8253 <collection
8254 name="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8255 enumerator="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
8256 uuid="4fa3fc99-ceb1-4bf5-a9cb-e962d825c1ef"
8257 readonly="yes"
8258 />
8259
8260 <interface
8261 name="IUSBDeviceFilter" extends="$unknown"
8262 uuid="d6831fb4-1a94-4c2c-96ef-8d0d6192066d"
8263 wsmap="managed"
8264 >
8265 <desc>
8266 The IUSBDeviceFilter interface represents an USB device filter used
8267 to perform actions on a group of USB devices.
8268
8269 This type of filters is used by running virtual machines to
8270 automatically capture selected USB devices once they are physically
8271 attached to the host computer.
8272
8273 A USB device is matched to the given device filter if and only if all
8274 attributes of the device match the corresponding attributes of the
8275 filter (that is, attributes are joined together using the logical AND
8276 operation). On the other hand, all together, filters in the list of
8277 filters carry the semantics of the logical OR operation. So if it is
8278 desirable to create a match like "this vendor id OR this product id",
8279 one needs to create two filters and specify "any match" (see below)
8280 for unused attributes.
8281
8282 All filter attributes used for matching are strings. Each string
8283 is an expression representing a set of values of the corresponding
8284 device attribute, that will match the given filter. Currently, the
8285 following filtering expressions are supported:
8286
8287 <ul>
8288 <li><i>Interval filters</i>. Used to specify valid intervals for
8289 integer device attributes (Vendor ID, Product ID and Revision).
8290 The format of the string is:
8291
8292 <tt>int:((m)|([m]-[n]))(,(m)|([m]-[n]))*</tt>
8293
8294 where <tt>m</tt> and <tt>n</tt> are integer numbers, either in octal
8295 (starting from <tt>0</tt>), hexadecimal (starting from <tt>0x</tt>)
8296 or decimal (otherwise) form, so that <tt>m &lt; n</tt>. If <tt>m</tt>
8297 is ommitted before a dash (<tt>-</tt>), the minimum possible integer
8298 is assumed; if <tt>n</tt> is ommitted after a dash, the maximum
8299 possible integer is assummed.
8300 </li>
8301 <li><i>Boolean filters</i>. Used to specify acceptable values for
8302 boolean device attributes. The format of the string is:
8303
8304 <tt>true|false|yes|no|0|1</tt>
8305
8306 </li>
8307 <li><i>Exact match</i>. Used to specify a single value for the given
8308 device attribute. Any string that does't start with <tt>int:</tt>
8309 represents the exact match. String device attributes are compared to
8310 this string including case of symbols. Integer attributes are first
8311 converted to a string (see individual filter attributes) and then
8312 compared ignoring case.
8313
8314 </li>
8315 <li><i>Any match</i>. Any value of the corresponding device attribute
8316 will match the given filter. An empty or <tt>null</tt> string is
8317 used to construct this type of filtering expressions.
8318
8319 </li>
8320 </ul>
8321
8322 <note>
8323 On the Windows host platform, interval filters are not currently
8324 available. Also all string filter attributes
8325 (<link to="#manufacturer"/>, <link to="#product"/>,
8326 <link to="#serialNumber"/>) are ignored, so they behave as
8327 <i>any match</i> no matter what string expression is specified.
8328 </note>
8329
8330 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
8331 </desc>
8332
8333 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
8334 <desc>
8335 Visible name for this filter.
8336 This name is used to visually distungish one filter from another,
8337 so it can neither be <tt>null</tt> nor an empty string.
8338 </desc>
8339 </attribute>
8340
8341 <attribute name="active" type="boolean">
8342 <desc>Whether this filter active or has been temporarily disabled.</desc>
8343 </attribute>
8344
8345 <attribute name="vendorId" type="wstring">
8346 <desc>
8347 <link to="IUSBDevice::vendorId">Vendor ID</link> filter.
8348 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8349 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8350 (including leading zeroes).
8351 </desc>
8352 </attribute>
8353
8354 <attribute name="productId" type="wstring">
8355 <desc>
8356 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product ID</link> filter.
8357 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8358 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8359 (including leading zeroes).
8360 </desc>
8361 </attribute>
8362
8363 <attribute name="revision" type="wstring">
8364 <desc>
8365 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product revision number</link>
8366 filter. The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8367 has the form <tt>IIFF</tt>, where <tt>I</tt> is the decimal digit
8368 of the integer part of the revision, and <tt>F</tt> is the
8369 decimal digit of its fractional part (including leading and
8370 trailing zeroes).
8371 Note that for interval filters, it's best to use the hexadecimal
8372 form, because the revision is stored as a 16 bit packed BCD value;
8373 so the expression <tt>int:0x0100-0x0199</tt> will match any
8374 revision from <tt>1.0</tt> to <tt>1.99</tt>.
8375 </desc>
8376 </attribute>
8377
8378 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring">
8379 <desc>
8380 <link to="IUSBDevice::manufacturer">Manufacturer</link> filter.
8381 </desc>
8382 </attribute>
8383
8384 <attribute name="product" type="wstring">
8385 <desc>
8386 <link to="IUSBDevice::product">Product</link> filter.
8387 </desc>
8388 </attribute>
8389
8390 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring">
8391 <desc>
8392 <link to="IUSBDevice::serialNumber">Serial number</link> filter.
8393 </desc>
8394 </attribute>
8395
8396 <attribute name="port" type="wstring">
8397 <desc>
8398 <link to="IUSBDevice::port">Host USB port</link> filter.
8399 </desc>
8400 </attribute>
8401
8402 <attribute name="remote" type="wstring">
8403 <desc>
8404 <link to="IUSBDevice::remote">Remote state</link> filter.
8405 <note>
8406 This filter makes sense only for machine USB filters,
8407 i.e. it is ignored by IHostUSBDeviceFilter objects.
8408 </note>
8409 </desc>
8410 </attribute>
8411
8412 <attribute name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long">
8413 <desc>
8414 This is an advanced option for hiding one or more USB interfaces
8415 from the guest. The value is a bitmask where the bits that are set
8416 means the corresponding USB interface should be hidden, masked off
8417 if you like.
8418 This feature only works on Linux hosts.
8419 </desc>
8420 </attribute>
8421
8422 </interface>
8423
8424
8425 <!--
8426 // IHostUSBDevice
8427 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8428 -->
8429
8430 <enum
8431 name="USBDeviceState"
8432 uuid="b99a2e65-67fb-4882-82fd-f3e5e8193ab4"
8433 >
8434 <desc>
8435 USB device state. This enumeration represents all possible states
8436 of the USB device physically attached to the host computer regarding
8437 its state on the host computer and availability to guest computers
8438 (all currently running virtual machines).
8439
8440 Once a supported USB device is attached to the host, global USB
8441 filters (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>) are activated. They can
8442 either ignore the device, or put ot to #USBDeviceHeld state, or do
8443 nothing. Unless the device is ignored by global filters, filters of
8444 all currently running guests (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>)
8445 are activated that can put it to #USBDeviceCaptured state.
8446
8447 If the device was ignored by global filters, or didn't match
8448 any filters at all (including guest ones), it is handled by the host
8449 in a normal way. In this case, the device state is determined by
8450 the host and can be one of #USBDeviceUnavailable, #USBDeviceBusy or
8451 #USBDeviceAvailable, depending on the current device usage.
8452
8453 Besides auto-capturing based on filters, the device can be manually
8454 captured by guests (<link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) if its
8455 state is #USBDeviceBusy, #USBDeviceAvailable or #USBDeviceHeld.
8456
8457 <note>
8458 Due to differences in USB stack implementations in Linux and Win32,
8459 states #USBDeviceBusy and #USBDeviceAvailable are applicable
8460 only to the Linux version of the product. This also means that
8461 (<link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) can only succeed
8462 on Win32 if the device state is #USBDeviceHeld.
8463 </note>
8464
8465 <see>IHostUSBDevice, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
8466 </desc>
8467
8468 <const name="USBDeviceNotSupported" value="0">
8469 <desc>
8470 Not supported by the VirtualBox server, not available to guests.
8471 </desc>
8472 </const>
8473 <const name="USBDeviceUnavailable" value="1">
8474 <desc>
8475 Being used by the host computer exclusively,
8476 not available to guests.
8477 </desc>
8478 </const>
8479 <const name="USBDeviceBusy" value="2">
8480 <desc>
8481 Being used by the host computer, potentially available to guests.
8482 </desc>
8483 </const>
8484 <const name="USBDeviceAvailable" value="3">
8485 <desc>
8486 Not used by the host computer, available to guests.
8487 The host computer can also start using the device at any time.
8488 </desc>
8489 </const>
8490 <const name="USBDeviceHeld" value="4">
8491 <desc>
8492 Held by the VirtualBox server (ignored by the host computer),
8493 available to guests.
8494 </desc>
8495 </const>
8496 <const name="USBDeviceCaptured" value="5">
8497 <desc>
8498 Captured by one of the guest computers, not available
8499 to anybody else.
8500 </desc>
8501 </const>
8502 </enum>
8503
8504 <enumerator
8505 name="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDevice"
8506 uuid="a0c55136-939f-4d20-b9d3-4d406f08bfa5"
8507 />
8508
8509 <collection
8510 name="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" type="IHostUSBDevice"
8511 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator"
8512 uuid="f9d3f96d-b027-4994-b589-70bb9ee0d364"
8513 readonly="yes"
8514 >
8515 <method name="findById">
8516 <desc>
8517 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
8518 <note>
8519 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
8520 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8521 </note>
8522 <see>IHostUSBDevice::id</see>
8523 </desc>
8524 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
8525 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
8526 </param>
8527 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
8528 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8529 </param>
8530 </method>
8531
8532 <method name="findByAddress">
8533 <desc>
8534 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
8535 host address.
8536 <note>
8537 The method returns an error if the given address does not
8538 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8539 </note>
8540 <see>IHostUSBDevice::address</see>
8541 </desc>
8542 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8543 <desc>
8544 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
8545 search for.
8546 </desc>
8547 </param>
8548 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
8549 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8550 </param>
8551 </method>
8552
8553 </collection>
8554
8555 <interface
8556 name="IHostUSBDevice" extends="IUSBDevice"
8557 uuid="173b4b44-d268-4334-a00d-b6521c9a740a"
8558 wsmap="managed"
8559 >
8560 <desc>
8561 The IHostUSBDevice interface represents a physical USB device attached
8562 to the host computer.
8563
8564 Besides properties inherited from IUSBDevice, this interface adds the
8565 <link to="#state"/> property that holds the courrent state of the USB
8566 device.
8567
8568 <see>IHost::USBDevices, IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
8569 </desc>
8570
8571 <attribute name="state" type="USBDeviceState" readonly="yes">
8572 <desc>
8573 Current state of the device.
8574 </desc>
8575 </attribute>
8576
8577 <!-- @todo add class, subclass, bandwidth, configs, interfaces endpoints and such later. -->
8578
8579 </interface>
8580
8581
8582 <!--
8583 // IHostUSBDeviceFilter
8584 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8585 -->
8586
8587 <enum
8588 name="USBDeviceFilterAction"
8589 uuid="cbc30a49-2f4e-43b5-9da6-121320475933"
8590 >
8591 <desc>
8592 Actions for host USB device filters.
8593 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
8594 </desc>
8595
8596 <const name="InvalidUSBDeviceFilterAction" value="0"/>
8597 <const name="USBDeviceFilterIgnore" value="1">
8598 <desc>Ignore the matched USB device.</desc>
8599 </const>
8600 <const name="USBDeviceFilterHold" value="2">
8601 <desc>Hold the matched USB device.</desc>
8602 </const>
8603 </enum>
8604
8605 <enumerator
8606 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
8607 uuid="ff735211-903e-4642-9c37-189eb44579fe"
8608 />
8609
8610 <collection
8611 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
8612 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
8613 uuid="1a80458b-87f1-4a74-995d-04e2330119e0"
8614 readonly="yes"
8615 />
8616
8617 <interface
8618 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" extends="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8619 uuid="4cc70246-d74a-400f-8222-3900489c0374"
8620 wsmap="managed"
8621 >
8622 <desc>
8623 The IHostUSBDeviceFilter interface represents a global filter for a
8624 physical USB device used by the host computer. Used indirectly in
8625 <link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>.
8626
8627 Using filters of this type, the host computer determines the initial
8628 state of the USB device after it is physically attached to the
8629 host's USB controller.
8630
8631 <note>
8632 The <link to="#remote"/> attribute is ignored by this type of
8633 filters, because it makes sense only for
8634 <link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters">machine USB filters</link>.
8635 </note>
8636
8637 <see>IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
8638 </desc>
8639
8640 <attribute name="action" type="USBDeviceFilterAction">
8641 <desc>
8642 Action performed by the host when an attached USB device
8643 matches this filter.
8644 </desc>
8645 </attribute>
8646
8647 </interface>
8648
8649 <!--
8650 // IAudioAdapter
8651 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8652 -->
8653
8654 <enum
8655 name="AudioDriverType"
8656 uuid="4bcc3d73-c2fe-40db-b72f-0c2ca9d68496"
8657 >
8658 <const name="NullAudioDriver" value="0"/>
8659 <const name="WINMMAudioDriver" value="1"/>
8660 <const name="OSSAudioDriver" value="2"/>
8661 <const name="ALSAAudioDriver" value="3"/>
8662 <const name="DSOUNDAudioDriver" value="4"/>
8663 <const name="CoreAudioDriver" value="5"/>
8664 <const name="MMPMAudioDriver" value="6"/>
8665 <const name="PulseAudioDriver" value="7"/>
8666 </enum>
8667
8668 <interface
8669 name="IAudioAdapter" extends="$unknown"
8670 uuid="921873db-5f3f-4b69-91f9-7be9e535a2cb"
8671 wsmap="struct"
8672 >
8673 <desc>
8674 The IAudioAdapter interface represents the virtual audio adapter of
8675 the virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::audioAdapter"/>.
8676 </desc>
8677 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8678 <desc>
8679 Flag whether the audio adapter is present in the
8680 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8681 not contain any audio adapter. Can only be changed when
8682 the VM is not running.
8683 </desc>
8684 </attribute>
8685 <attribute name="audioDriver" type="AudioDriverType">
8686 <desc>
8687 Audio driver the adapter is connected to. This setting
8688 can only be changed when the VM is not running.
8689 </desc>
8690 </attribute>
8691 </interface>
8692
8693 <!--
8694 // IVRDPServer
8695 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8696 -->
8697
8698 <enum
8699 name="VRDPAuthType"
8700 uuid="3d91887a-b67f-4b33-85bf-2da7ab1ea83a"
8701 >
8702 <const name="VRDPAuthNull" value="0"/>
8703 <const name="VRDPAuthExternal" value="1"/>
8704 <const name="VRDPAuthGuest" value="2"/>
8705 </enum>
8706
8707 <interface
8708 name="IVRDPServer" extends="$unknown"
8709 uuid="ed9d31ae-867f-45fc-b727-6740084d1883"
8710 wsmap="struct"
8711 >
8712 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8713 <desc>VRDP server status.</desc>
8714 </attribute>
8715
8716 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned long">
8717 <desc>
8718 VRDP server port number.
8719 <note>
8720 Setting the value of this property to <tt>0</tt> will reset the port
8721 number to the default value which is
8722 currently <tt>3389</tt>. Reading this property will always return a
8723 real port number, even after it has been set to <tt>0</tt> (in which
8724 case the default port is returned).
8725 </note>
8726 </desc>
8727 </attribute>
8728
8729 <attribute name="netAddress" type="wstring">
8730 <desc>VRDP server address.</desc>
8731 </attribute>
8732
8733 <attribute name="authType" type="VRDPAuthType">
8734 <desc>VRDP authentication method.</desc>
8735 </attribute>
8736
8737 <attribute name="authTimeout" type="unsigned long">
8738 <desc>Timeout for guest authentication. Milliseconds.</desc>
8739 </attribute>
8740
8741 <attribute name="allowMultiConnection" type="boolean">
8742 <desc>
8743 Flag whether multiple simultaneous connections to the VM are permitted.
8744 Note that this will be replaced by a more powerful mechanism in the future.
8745 </desc>
8746 </attribute>
8747
8748 </interface>
8749
8750
8751 <!--
8752 // ISharedFolder
8753 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8754 -->
8755
8756 <enumerator
8757 name="ISharedFolderEnumerator" type="ISharedFolder"
8758 uuid="1d420fd8-e7c1-4511-abf4-a504dc6d0cbf"
8759 />
8760
8761 <collection
8762 name="ISharedFolderCollection" type="ISharedFolder"
8763 enumerator="ISharedFolderEnumerator"
8764 uuid="9c7e2282-bb16-4fa7-9138-f383c5e02353"
8765 readonly="yes">
8766
8767 <method name="findByName">
8768 <desc>
8769 Searches this collection for a shared folder with the given logical
8770 name.
8771 <note>
8772 The method returns an error if the given name does not correspond to
8773 any shared folder in the collection.
8774 </note>
8775 </desc>
8776 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8777 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to search for</desc>
8778 </param>
8779 <param name="sharedFolder" type="ISharedFolder" dir="return">
8780 <desc>Found shared folder object</desc>
8781 </param>
8782 </method>
8783
8784 </collection>
8785
8786 <interface
8787 name="ISharedFolder" extends="$unknown"
8788 uuid="8b0c5f70-9139-4f97-a421-64d5e9c335d5"
8789 wsmap="struct"
8790 >
8791 <desc>
8792 The ISharedFolder interface represents a folder in the host computer's
8793 file system accessible from the guest OS running inside a virtual
8794 machine using an associated logical name.
8795
8796 There are three types of shared folders:
8797 <ul>
8798 <li><i>Global</i> (<link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders"/>), shared
8799 folders available to all virtual machines.</li>
8800 <li><i>Permanent</i> (<link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/>),
8801 VM-specific shared folders available to the given virtual machine at
8802 startup.</li>
8803 <li><i>Transient</i> (<link to="IConsole::sharedFolders"/>),
8804 VM-specific shared folders created in the session context (for
8805 example, when the virtual machine is running) and automatically
8806 discarded when the session is closed (the VM is powered off).</li>
8807 </ul>
8808
8809 Logical names of shared folders must be unique within the given scope
8810 (global, permanent or transient). However, they do not need to be unique
8811 across scopes. In this case, the definitioin of the shared folder in a
8812 more specific scope takes precedence over definitions in all other
8813 scopes. The order of precedence is (more specific to more general):
8814 <ol>
8815 <li>Transient definitions</li>
8816 <li>Permanent definitions</li>
8817 <li>Global definitions</li>
8818 </ol>
8819
8820 For example, if MyMachine has a shared folder named
8821 <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points to <tt>C:\\</tt>), then cretaing a
8822 transient shared folder named <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points
8823 to <tt>C:\\\\WINDOWS</tt>) will change the definition
8824 of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> in the guest OS so
8825 that <tt>\\\\VBOXSVR\\C_DRIVE</tt> will give access
8826 to <tt>C:\\WINDOWS</tt> instead of <tt>C:\\</tt> on the host
8827 PC. Removing the transient shared folder <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> will restore
8828 the prevoious (permanent) definition of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> that points
8829 to <tt>C:\\</tt> if it still exists.
8830
8831 Note that permanent and transient shared folders of different machines
8832 are in different name spaces, so they don't overlap and don't need to
8833 have unique logical names.
8834
8835 <note>
8836 Global shared folders are not implemented in the current vesion of the
8837 product.
8838 </note>
8839 </desc>
8840
8841 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8842 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
8843 </attribute>
8844
8845 <attribute name="hostPath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8846 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
8847 </attribute>
8848
8849 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8850 <desc>
8851 Whether the folder defined by the host path is currently
8852 accessible or not.
8853 For example, the folder can be unaccessible if it is placed
8854 on the network share that is not available by the time
8855 this property is read.
8856 </desc>
8857 </attribute>
8858
8859 </interface>
8860
8861 <!--
8862 // ISession
8863 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8864 -->
8865
8866 <interface
8867 name="IInternalSessionControl" extends="$unknown"
8868 uuid="37838967-2430-4bb1-8acc-1b5b2c383d44"
8869 internal="yes"
8870 wsmap="suppress"
8871 >
8872 <method name="getPID">
8873 <desc>PID of the process that has created this Session object.
8874 </desc>
8875 <param name="pid" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
8876 </method>
8877
8878 <method name="getRemoteConsole">
8879 <desc>Returns the console object suitable for remote control.</desc>
8880 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="return"/>
8881 </method>
8882
8883 <method name="assignMachine">
8884 <desc>
8885 Assigns the machine object associated with this direct-type
8886 session or informs the session that it will be a remote one
8887 (if machine = NULL).
8888 </desc>
8889 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
8890 </method>
8891
8892 <method name="assignRemoteMachine">
8893 <desc>
8894 Assigns the machine and the (remote) console object associated with
8895 this remote-type session.
8896 </desc>
8897 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
8898 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="in"/>
8899 </method>
8900
8901 <method name="updateMachineState">
8902 <desc>
8903 Updates the machine state in the VM process.
8904 Must be called only in certain cases
8905 (see the method implementation).
8906 </desc>
8907 <param name="aMachineState" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
8908 </method>
8909
8910 <method name="uninitialize">
8911 <desc>
8912 Uninitializes (closes) this session. Used by VirtualBox to close
8913 the corresponding remote session when the direct session dies
8914 or gets closed.
8915 </desc>
8916 </method>
8917
8918 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
8919 <desc>
8920 Triggered when settings of the DVD drive object of the
8921 associated virtual machine have changed.
8922 </desc>
8923 </method>
8924
8925 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
8926 <desc>
8927 Triggered when settings of the floppy drive object of the
8928 associated virtual machine have changed.
8929 </desc>
8930 </method>
8931
8932 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
8933 <desc>
8934 Triggered when settions of a network adapter of the
8935 associated virtual machine have changed.
8936 </desc>
8937 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in"/>
8938 </method>
8939
8940 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
8941 <desc>
8942 Triggered when settions of a serial port of the
8943 associated virtual machine have changed.
8944 </desc>
8945 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in"/>
8946 </method>
8947
8948 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
8949 <desc>
8950 Triggered when settings of a parallel port of the
8951 associated virtual machine have changed.
8952 </desc>
8953 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in"/>
8954 </method>
8955
8956 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
8957 <desc>
8958 Triggered when settings of the VRDP server object of the
8959 associated virtual machine have changed.
8960 </desc>
8961 </method>
8962
8963 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
8964 <desc>
8965 Triggered when settings of the USB controller object of the
8966 associated virtual machine have changed.
8967 </desc>
8968 </method>
8969
8970 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
8971 <desc>
8972 Triggered when a permanent (global or machine) shared folder has been
8973 created or removed.
8974 <note>
8975 We don't pass shared folder parameters in this notification because
8976 the order in which parallel notifications are delivered is not defined,
8977 therefore it could happen that these parameters were outdated by the
8978 time of processing this notification.
8979 </note>
8980 </desc>
8981 <param name="global" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
8982 </method>
8983
8984 <method name="onUSBDeviceAttach">
8985 <desc>
8986 Triggered when a request to capture a USB device (as a result
8987 of matched USB filters or direct call to
8988 <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
8989 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
8990 describes a failure.
8991 </desc>
8992 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
8993 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
8994 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8995 </method>
8996
8997 <method name="onUSBDeviceDetach">
8998 <desc>
8999 Triggered when a request to release the USB device (as a result
9000 of machine termination or direct call to
9001 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9002 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9003 </desc>
9004 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
9005 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9006 </method>
9007
9008 <method name="onShowWindow">
9009 <desc>
9010 Called by <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> and by
9011 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> in order to notify
9012 console callbacks
9013 <link to="IConsoleCallback::onCanShowWindow()"/>
9014 and <link to="IConsoleCallback::onShowWindow()"/>.
9015 </desc>
9016 <param name="check" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9017 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
9018 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="out"/>
9019 </method>
9020
9021 </interface>
9022
9023 <interface
9024 name="ISession" extends="$dispatched"
9025 uuid="12F4DCDB-12B2-4ec1-B7CD-DDD9F6C5BF4D"
9026 wsmap="managed"
9027 >
9028 <desc>
9029 The ISession interface represents a serialization primitive for virtual
9030 machines.
9031
9032 Within VirtualBox, every time one wishes to manipulate a virtual machine
9033 (for example, change its settings or start execution), an instance of
9034 the ISession interface is required. One first creates a local session
9035 object that implements the ISession interface and then passes the
9036 created object with the method call that opens the given session and
9037 thus initiates the machine manipulation. The session serves several
9038 purposes: it identifies to the inter-process VirtualBox code which
9039 process is currently working with the virtual machine, and it ensures
9040 that there are no incompatible requests from several processes for the
9041 same virtual machine.
9042
9043 When using the COM API directly, an object of the Session class from the
9044 VirtualBox type library needs to be created. This object will then act
9045 as a local session object in further calls to open a session.
9046
9047 In the webservice, the session manager creates one session object during
9048 <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> automatically; a managed object
9049 reference to that session object can be retrieved by calling
9050 <link to="IWebsessionManager::getSessionObject" />.
9051
9052 To start a virtual machine in a separate process, one would call
9053 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>, which requires a session
9054 object as its first parameter. This session then identifies the caller
9055 and lets him control the started machine (for example, pause machine
9056 execution or power it down) as well as be notified about machine
9057 execution state changes.
9058
9059 To alter machine settings, or to start machine execution within its own
9060 process, one needs to open a direct session for the machine first by
9061 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>. Once the direct session
9062 is successfully opened within one process, no any other process may open
9063 a direct session for the same machine as long as the successful direct
9064 session remains open. This prevents the machine from being changed by
9065 other processes while it is running or while the machine is being
9066 configured.
9067
9068 One also can attach to an existing direct session alreay opened by
9069 another process (for example, in order to send a control request to the
9070 virtual machine such as the pause or the reset request). This is done by
9071 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/>.
9072
9073 In regular COM C++ client code, one can simply create a session object,
9074 for example by calling <tt>createLocalObject().</tt>
9075
9076 <note>
9077 Unless you are trying to write a new VirtualBox front-end that
9078 performs direct machine execution (like the VirtualBox or VBoxSDL
9079 frontends), don't call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> in a direct
9080 session opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/> and use this
9081 session only to change virtual machine settings. If you simply want to
9082 start virtual machine execution using one of the existing frontends
9083 (for example the VirtualBox GUI frontend), use
9084 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>. In the latter case, on
9085 sucess, the machine will be powered up for you by the front-end so you
9086 don't need to call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> too.
9087 </note>
9088 </desc>
9089
9090 <attribute name="state" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
9091 <desc>Current state of this session.</desc>
9092 </attribute>
9093
9094 <attribute name="type" type="SessionType" readonly="yes">
9095 <desc>
9096 Type of this session. The value of this attribute is valid only
9097 if the session is currently open (i.e. its #state is SessionType::SessionOpen),
9098 otherwise an error will be returned.
9099 </desc>
9100 </attribute>
9101
9102 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
9103 <desc>Machine object associated with this session.</desc>
9104 </attribute>
9105
9106 <attribute name="console" type="IConsole" readonly="yes">
9107 <desc>Console object associated with this session.</desc>
9108 </attribute>
9109
9110 <method name="close">
9111 <desc>
9112 Closes this session.
9113 <note>
9114 If a direct session for a machine opened with
9115 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> is not explicitly
9116 closed when the application terminates, the state of the
9117 machine will be set to <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>
9118 on the server. Generally, it is recommended to close all
9119 open sessions explicitly before terminating the application
9120 (no matter what is the reason of the termination).
9121 </note>
9122 </desc>
9123 </method>
9124
9125 </interface>
9126
9127<if target="wsdl">
9128
9129 <!--
9130 // IManagedObjectRef
9131 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9132 -->
9133
9134 <interface
9135 name="IManagedObjectRef" extends="$unknown"
9136 uuid="9474d09d-2313-46de-b568-a42b8718e8ed"
9137 internal="yes"
9138 wsmap="managed"
9139 wscpp="hardcoded"
9140 >
9141 <desc>
9142 Webservice only: Managed object reference.
9143
9144 Only within the webservice, a managed object reference (which is really
9145 an opaque number) allows a webservice client to address an object
9146 that lives in the address space of the webservice server.
9147
9148 Behind each managed object reference, there is a COM object that lives
9149 in the webservice server's address space. The COM object is not freed
9150 until the managed object reference is released, either by an explicit
9151 call to <link to="IManagedObjectRef::release" /> or by logging off from
9152 the webservice (<link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />), which releases
9153 all objects created during the webservice session.
9154
9155 Whenever a method call of the VirtualBox API returns a COM object, the
9156 webservice representation of that method will instead return a
9157 managed object reference, which can then be used to invoke methods
9158 on that object.
9159 </desc>
9160
9161 <method name="getInterfaceName">
9162 <desc>
9163 Returns the name of the interface that this managed object represents,
9164 for example, "IMachine", as a string.
9165 </desc>
9166 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9167 </method>
9168
9169 <method name="release">
9170 <desc>
9171 Releases this managed object reference and frees the resources that
9172 were allocated for it in the webservice server process. After calling
9173 this method, the identifier of the reference can no longer be used.
9174 </desc>
9175 </method>
9176
9177 </interface>
9178
9179 <!--
9180 // IWebsessionManager
9181 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9182 -->
9183
9184 <interface
9185 name="IWebsessionManager" extends="$unknown"
9186 uuid="dea1b4c7-2de3-418a-850d-7868617f7733"
9187 internal="yes"
9188 wsmap="global"
9189 wscpp="hardcoded"
9190 >
9191 <desc>
9192 Webservice only: Websession manager. This provides essential services
9193 to webservice clients.
9194 </desc>
9195 <method name="logon">
9196 <desc>
9197 Logs a new client onto the webservice and returns a managed object reference to
9198 the IVirtualBox instance, which the client can then use as a basis to further
9199 queries, since all calls to the VirtualBox API are based on the IVirtualBox
9200 interface, in one way or the other.
9201 </desc>
9202 <param name="username" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9203 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9204 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9205 </method>
9206
9207 <method name="getSessionObject">
9208 <desc>
9209 Returns a managed object reference to the internal ISession object that was created
9210 for this web service session when the client logged on.
9211
9212 <see>ISession</see>
9213 </desc>
9214 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9215 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9216 </method>
9217
9218 <method name="logoff">
9219 <desc>
9220 Logs off the client who has previously logged on with <link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />
9221 and destroys all resources associated with the session (most importantly, all
9222 managed objects created in the server while the session was active).
9223 </desc>
9224 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9225 </method>
9226
9227 </interface>
9228
9229</if>
9230
9231 <module name="VBoxSVC" context="LocalServer">
9232 <class name="VirtualBox" uuid="B1A7A4F2-47B9-4A1E-82B2-07CCD5323C3F"
9233 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9234 <interface name="IVirtualBox" default="yes"/>
9235 </class>
9236 </module>
9237
9238 <module name="VBoxC" context="InprocServer" threadingModel="Free">
9239 <class name="Session" uuid="3C02F46D-C9D2-4f11-A384-53F0CF917214"
9240 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9241 <interface name="ISession" default="yes"/>
9242 </class>
9243 </module>
9244
9245</library>
9246
9247</idl>
Note: See TracBrowser for help on using the repository browser.

© 2024 Oracle Support Privacy / Do Not Sell My Info Terms of Use Trademark Policy Automated Access Etiquette